Taquigrafia - Shorthand Cross Eclectic

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned
by Google as part of a project

to make the worlds books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge thats often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this books long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Googles system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google watermark you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we cant offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a books appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Googles mission is to organize the worlds information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the worlds books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at http://books.google.com/
THE GIFT OF
-v--. n
'1 ()...'-'o.L'c,;1
- ,.. R... '-'
' \'"<.."'>,\ , u
rng,1,,ed by Goog le

rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE ADVANTAGES OF ECLECTIC SHORT-HAND.
We claim that the dcmonstration of the following four propo
sit-ions is an unanswerable argument why the short-hand student
should adopt Eclectic Short-hand:
l. It ia the briefeat. 3. It ia the eaaieat to write.
2. It ia the aimpleat. 4. It ia the moat legible.
DEMONSTRATION 01.1' TIIE PROPOSITIONS.
PaoP. 1.-In December, 1880, Browne's Phonographic Monthly,
thc11 the lending stenographic journal, published comparisons of
twenty-five of the best systems in existence, giving the writing, in
ali the systems, of a stanza of five lines. The Eclectic writing of
the sta.nza contained, by actual computation, 14 per cent less than
the briefest of the others (Graham's), and 49 per cent less than the
longest (I,indsley's), and was 30 per cent briefer than the average of
ali of them; hence tite briefest system.
PaoP. 2.-It is the only system of the twont.y-five which is based
on the l<nglish alphabet. It contains less than fifty word signs, and
has no exceptions to rules; ltence the simplest system.
PaoP. 3.-It is the only systen1 of the twenty-five which dis
penses with vertical characters, writing with characters in three
dircctions inslcad of four, and the only system of connective vowels
similar in form to the eonsonants, and with a single exception the
only light-line system; lnce the easit!8t system to write.
PaoP. 4.-It is tho only system of the twcnty-flve that makes as
free use of vowels as of consonants, and while writing words with
less strokes, still by its principies writes words more fully and with
less memorizing of word signs than any other of tho twenty-flve.
lt a.lso has no vertical strokes to become confounded in ra.pid writ
ing with similar oblique characters; hence tlte most legible system.
To a.tld strength to our demonstration we give the writing of the
Lord's. Pra.yer by both the Pitmans, Graham, Munson, Lindsley,
Pernin, and Eelectic Shorthand, a.nd we ask attention to the more
uniform direction of the characters in the Eclectic, their easier
combinations, and the fewer number of strokes, while the Eclectic
writing writes more of the sounds tha.n either of the others. l.
Pitman's has 107; B. Pitman's, 93; Graham's, 88; Munson's, 90;
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
.ADV.ANT.AGES OF ECLECTJC SHORTH.AND-C01it'd.
Lindsley's, 96; Pernin's, 93; and the Eclectic, 66 strokes. Adding

together the strokes of all but .Eclectic, we have 569; dividing by 6,
we flnd the average is 94.5, from which subtracting the strokes in
1
the Eclectic we have 28. 5, which is 43 per cent. of the Eclectic
writing, and 30 per cent. of the average of the six.
-. ,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
A SUCCESS IN AMANUENSIS WORK.
"With leaa than two montha' inatruotlon, I oould report any
ordlnarlly rapld speaker. "-C. Q. THORPB, Charlton, /OW(l,
"With a oomparatively amall amount of atudy, in three
montbs I acqulred a @peed of 135 words pcr mluute,"-J. E. CHALLBHGBB,
Steno(lt'aplur wUh PhUadllpllia a,,d Jleading Jlailrood, PhU<llklpla.
".After one month'a lesaona in Bolectlo Short-hand, and aome
dally practlce for two months, I could easlly write lliO words a mlnute."-E.
EL018B BAKBR, Stenographn'with Tll4 Current, Ohir,ago.
"At the end of tour weeka' atudy I found m:vaelf able to
write faster, and to transcribe more readily, than I could nfter studylng Muu
son's system four months. I studied Munson undcr 11 very ablc stenogrupber.
7711a 81/llnn 1 haf/e ,tudwt alona."-H. G. 8TR11'B, Sttnogr<1phtr with Union
Pacifi,c RaUwav, O,naha.
".After le than two weeka' lnatruotion in Bolectio Short
hand, wlthout any prcvloos knowledge except a partlal knowledge of thc prin
clples, I was ablc to use lt witb tbe greatest satisfactioo In general correspond
ence work, nnd bave nevcr expcrienced the lcust troublc In transcribing my
notes, "-W. A. SxoLLlNOBR, C<roenant Mutual Benejlt Aas'n, Galeaburg, l!l.
"The oomparative eaae with whioh the Bcleotio Shorthand
is wrltten Is trutv wonde,:/u!. I am now wrlting 160 to 170 words per minute."
-W. W. Wu1n, Stenographer to N. .t 0. Tavlor Oo., Philaaelphta.
"I have frequentl:v written at the rate of 180 worda a min
nte, afterward rcading my notes with the same facility as tbougb taken at a
moderate speed. "-Joux F,.8TBTLBR, 1611 Walnut St., l'hadtlphia.
"I oommenoed the atud:v of Bclectio Short-hand the 12th of
June, and 011 the 15th of Aognst following 1 accepted a posltlon as amanuensis
wlth one of the largest flrms in Chicago, wblch positlon I still hold. Tbe sys
tem Is ea.U11 acquirtd, and il ju,t tht thing for practic.1l worA:."-JBl!llltB A.
WxLLB, Stmographer to JlcCormlck llaNJeating Machlne C'o., <Jhicago.
"I have had an Eolectio emplo:ved in my oflloe for over a
year, and I have ntfltr 11et had to have a tran11crlp/ r,wrltten or corrected on
r
account of misluterprctatlon of thc notes, From thc cxpcrlcnce I have had
wlth tbe system, I consider lt oue that can be rapidly wrltten, and read like
prlnt. "-J. E, STUART, Po,/o.fllce Inspector, Chlcago.
Tbe lady referred to, In two monthll' study, reported nnd transcribcd a specch
delivered In court at tbc rate of 1,<,17 word8 the flrst ftve mlnntes, or an average
of over IOQ word8 per minut,.
"I have devoted one-half of my time during a period of
three montbs to tbe study of Eclectlc 8hort-band, and have had occasion to
apply lt dally !u taklng from rapld dlctation lettera pertalnlng to jlflt dilttnct
branchu of burine11, freqaently wbere tbe miltake of on, word uould hafle been
ttal to the transactlon under conslderation, and hsve found tbc system rapld,
legible, and p,rfectl11 rtllabu. I belleve lt slmply lmposslble to overestimate
Ita ntlllty to anyone contemplating a tborougb busine,s education.-C, R.
eo.,
,,
SlllTH, North DaJ:ota Loan and 2'rult Jam,,stown, Dak.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
A SUCCESS IN COURT REPORTING
WHERE THE GREATEST ACCURACY AND SPEED ARE REQUIRED.

lhom the Hon. J. J. Philllpa, Judire otll'ifth Circuit Court, m.:
"I have bad reporters on the Chicago Tinua, Ml8sourl lupublican, and St. Louia
Glo-Dnnocl'at report speeches made by mysclt, whose work wae nothlng llke
as correct as that done by Eclectic stndents In conrt under my observatlon."
ll'rom the Hon. Owen T. Beevea, Judire ot Eleventh Circuit
Conrt, 111.: "Mn. C. P. Remlne, an Eclectic wrlter, has been engaged as a ehort,
hand reporter In thla Clrcult Conrt severa! ycan. I bave examlned the tran
scrlpte ot her notes taken In cases tried by me, and I regard her a competent
short-hand reporter In taklng evldence."
lhom the Hon. N. 11', Pillabury, Judge ot Eleventh Circuit
Court, 111.: "Atter a term ot about three montbs, one lesson dally, In Eclectlc
Short-hand, my daoghter Is able to correctly report as tast as an average speaker
wlll talk, and appears to bave no dlfflcnlty In readlng tbe notes afterwards."
lhom Gen, John ]ll[clfulta, ]ll[aater in Chancery, Bloomina-ton,
111.: "Ju Octobcr, 1883, Miss Shlnn was called upon to report a case before me.
ller services were called torwlth mucb reluctance on mypart, as I was lnformed
that she had devoted but about TBREB xoxTas to the atndy of Eclectlc Short
hand. Slnce that time she has done aubatantially ali tbe reportlng ot the con
tcated chancery cases bcfore me. Her speed Is adeqnate, and her reporte are
absolutely accnrate verbatlm reporta. Sbe renda her notes wben called upon
wltb as much eaee and faclllty as she would a prlnted artlcle trom a newspaper, 1
and reads d notes wltb aa much ease as fresb ones. I bave never known a
stenographer'wbo wrote more accurately, or who read witbas much fuclllty."
ll'rom ]ll[lH ]11[11,l'Y S, ]ll[lnor, Court Stenographer, Dallas,
Texas: "After a serles of slx le88ons, and a few hours' daily study for tbree
months, I was able to rqort court ttatlmon11, and to read my notes as readlly
as long-hand. Such is the shnpllclty of its constrnction, the ftexibllity of lts
Unes, and Ita pcect lcglbllity, that the work ncccssary to attaln verbatim
peed is onl11 ptl8ti-." [Miss Minor writes 180 word a minute.]
ll'rom Sima El:v, Ofll.clal Beporter Biarhth Judicial Diatrlct,
Kas.: Having uscd the Eclectic ystem in court reporting, I speak advlsedly
when I eay tbat lt Is fully capable of meeting er,,111 posslbu rtqulrement, As
to the timo requlred to learn the system, I regard it as settled bcyond contro
vcrsy-uot nlone by my expcrience, but that ot othen known to me-that ali
the proftcleucy requlslte for general reportlng of every description, can be
acqulrcd In tbrec months of constan! study,"
ll'rom B. L. Davidaon, Ofll.cial Beporter Nineteenth Judicial
Distrlct, Kas.: "In my examlnation for thls positlon I averaged 169 words per
minute for ftve consecutive minutes." [Be had studled but ten weeks.]
ll'rom B. B, Sherman, ]ll[aater in Chancery, Circuit Court of the
U. S., Cblcago: "Ml88 Knte 8. Holmea has been dolng Etenograpblc work In my
oftlce tor severa! montbs, and altbough witbont prevlous experlence, except In
ordlnary offlce matters, Is doing very satlsfactory work. Judged by lts 1>ractlcal
results, tbe Eclectlc system muet po88ess sorne posltlve merlt, aod one desirlng
to acqulre tbo etenograpblc art ebould carefnlly examine lts clalms."
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
l
EGLHGTIG SHORTHAND IlIGTIONARY
OIVING THE
Phonetic and Shorthand Equivalents of

the Primitive words, and the various
classes of Derivative words of the
English language.
-ALSO-
Severa! Vocabularies of Technlcal Terma.

By J. G. CROSS, M, A,
AUTHOR OF ECLECTIC SHORTHAND.
382 Pages. Sent, Postpald, on Recelpt of Prlce, $3.50.
This work is intended to be an authoritative writing

of the language according to Eclectic Shorthand, and is
invaluable to every writer of the system. It shonld espe
cially be the constant companion of every leamer, as the
acquisition of the art will thereby be rendered much
easier, more rapid and certain.
"I have carefully examined it, and must say that it surpasses my
most sanguina cxpectations, both in the selection of information anti
in its mcchanical make-up. It is a book that should be in thc hands
of every F..clectic writer, not only the beginner, but aL<o the experi
enced reporter."-.l+o/. Amos Roaenberger, St. Paul, .J!inn.
"The student who has a copy of Cross' Shorthaml Dictionary by
his side will never be without a ready and pcrcct instructor, while to
those whose business demands a large number of railway, insurance,
law, or medica! terms, it will prove itself o{ incalcnlahle value."
D. H. Caae, OjJicial Reporter, 21st J11,dicial Diatrict, Kansaa.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle

Eclectic Shorthand Dictionary.

" It will be particularly beneficia! to beginners, on account of the
phonic spelling given."-Prof. M. B. Wicks, Philadelphia, Pa.
'' The Dictionary is indispensable to the student, and of inesti
mable vl\lue to the expert."-Robert L. David8()n, Ojftcial Reporter,
19th Judicial District, Kansas.
,
"It brings the mastery of shorthand writing within the compar
atively easy possession of those who are only Bble to huy a copy each
of the text book and Dictionary, and study at home, or while pursu
ing sorne other employment."- C. W. Taylor, Telegraphic Institute,
Janesville, Wis.
" To the student this work is simply indispensable. Every pra.it.i
eal reporter, also, will find in its pages many.' pointers' and short
cuts' hitherto unthought of."- Sims Ely, Court Reporter, 8th Judi
cial District, Kansas.
"Writers of Eclectic Shorthand will welcome this book. For the
completion of any series of shorthand text books a dictionary is indis
pensable, and this Dictionary is one of the best of its kind. The plan
of thc work is admirable, the primitive words being given first in a
body, with an occasiotml derivative, the writing of which is important;
then come the derirntives, ch,ssifled according to the prcfix or the suf
flx which they are intended to illustrate; after these are severa! vocab
ularies of technical words, including commercial, railway, insurance,
Jaw, o.nd medica! terms, which those who are fitting themselves for
offlcc dictation work will flnd especially useful. Each outlinc. is
marked with an italic lettcr, showing the position in which it is to
be written. The book will be useful to thc advanccd writer of Eclectic
Shorthand, because it will show him thc best outlines for uncommon
words, and will often hclp him to read a carelessly written outline.
'fhe student of the sy11tem who shall write the Dictionary through, will
ho.ve the best grounding in its principies that any teacher can give. "
Tite Writer, a monthly magazine for literary workers, Boston, Masa.
Sold bJ booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipl of prlce, $3.
S. O. ORIOGS & CO., Publishe:rs,

CHICAOO.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle

.... .
ECLECTIC SHORTHAND:
WRITING BY PRINCIPLES INSTEAD OF

ARBITRARY SIGNS,
FOR GENERAL USE AND VERBATIM REPORTING.
Bv J. G. QROSS, M.A.
PRESIDENT OP THE CENTRAL COLLEOE 01" ii:cLRCTTC 8HORTBAND, CHICAOO.
AUTHOR Ol" DICTIONARY Ol" ECLECTIC SUORTUAND.
WRITING 18 THE CONSERVATOR Ol" TBOUGBT.
,..
,
TWENTY-FIRST EDITION.
TBOROUOBLY REVISED.
OHIOAGO:
S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
1890.
' rng,1,,edbyGoogle
111
COPYRIGHT, 1878,
BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
COPYRIGHT, 1882,

BY S. C .. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
COPYRlOHT, 1885,
BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
COPYRIGHT, 1890,
Bv S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.
,
PRESS OF
KNlOHT & LEONARD CO.
CB1CAGO.
Digitized byGoogle
r .
CHIROGRAPHIC DIAGRAM
8HOWlNG TBB
,,. DERIVATION 01!, THE ALPHABETIC CHARACTERS

()'
OP
-

ECLECTIC SHORTHAND
<
FROM THE ELLIPSES,
F'Bollf wmcu ABB DBBIVBD TBB LINB8 USBD JI{ TBB CONSTRUCTION OP TJl1I
LONGBAND ALPBABBTS OP ALL XODBBN .i:UBOPBAN LANGUAGB8.
r.:
JI' '
, FACILE LINES, RAPID MOVEMENTS, INTERDEPENDENT.
.,
,.. '
. rng,1,,edbyGoogle
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
INTRODUOTION.
This system of shorthand writing has been before the

public long enough to either demonstrate or refute the
claim that it is the easiest to learn, the simplest in struct
ure, the briefest, and yet the fullest phonetic writing of
the language that has been devised, and it still lives.
Its development has been the result of a single seed
thought. In 1878, while teaching the alphabet of Taki
graphy, I became strongly impressed with the fact that
there was no law of motion in the phonograpliic alphabets,
such as in the written Roman alphabet, and set about
seeking a more facile and cursive set of characters to
represent the alphabet for purposes of shorthand writing.
In writing the Roman alphabet, the motion of the pen
is upward and downward alternately, except an occasional
stroke to the right, which always occurs after an upward
stroke. Hence the movement of the hand is only upward,
t downward, and to the right, and the mental action in

writing, after a little practica, becomes very easy.
In Pitmanic phonography no stroke or character indi
cates the direction in which the next should be drawn.
It was the. recognition of this fact which induced investi
.. gation.
The number of characters required in the structure of
a. shortha.nd alphabet demanda that we should distinguish
V
263111 rng,1,,edbyGoogle
VI INTRODUCTION,
them in some way; by hooks or circles beginning or end

ing them, as in the older systeme, or by thicknese, as in
the Pitmanic systeme, or by using a number of compound
characters, or by ma.king the characters long and short.
This last-named method has the advantage of ha.ving
been long employed in the written Roman a.lphabet, in
which there are at least six _different lengths of linea, and
was therefore adopted as being the more natural to both
mental and manual action. Proceeding with the investi
gation, I soon beca.me con-vinced that the circle is not the
best alphabetic basis that can be devised; a.nd, notwith
standing the antiquity of this use of the circle, I decided
that if it were possible to derive from the Ohirograpltic
Ellipse (i.e., the inclined ellipse) a sufficient number of
simple characters to represent the alphabet, these would
constitute the bas-is of a thoroughly practica! shorthand
alphabet.
Motion resultant from two continuous opposing forces
is elliptical in its path, as illustrated in the orbits of the
celestial spheres. These bodies, acted npon by the centri
fuga! force, tend to move in a straight line, but this ten
dency is modified by the centripetal force, which con
stantly draws the body toward the center; the combination
of the two forces thus producing the elliptical orbit.
In writing we constantly employ two forces, viz.: tbe
pro.fective and the retractive. The projective force of the
hand, acting on the pen, carries it upward 1md forward,
corresponding to the centrifuga! force acting upon the
spheres. The retractive force carries the pen backward
and downward, corresponding to the centripetal force in
its action on the spheres. These two forces combined
Digit,zed by Google
INTRODUCTION. vii
must produce elliptical outlines, all outlines evolved in

the act of writing being more or less affected by the two
motions. This is especially true in rapid writing, in
which the action of the hand must conform to the
natural laws of motion, irrespective of the arbitrary out
lines we try to make. 'l'hese outlines, no matter what
their forro and direction, will become more or less modi
fied by the two forces actiug together. Because of this,
all the connective written alphabets of all modern lan
guages are elliptical in their outlines, the curved linea
being ares of the outlines of ellipses, and the straight
lines chords of those ares. These ares and chords I have
therofore adopted as natural alpltabetic cltamcters. 'fhey
differ from similar characters used in other systems in
both form and slope. Ruskin saya: "A curvo that is uni
form in tho degree of ita curvatura is not a good curve."
This is not only true in art, but it is emphatically so in
practice in shorthand, as well as in all other writiug.
'fhe curves deduced ftom the circumference of a circle
are not adapted to writing, because the hand does not
naturally draw curves which are uniform in their degree
of curvature, but those which are un-uniform. The
curves of this system are all of the character of the out
line of the ellipsc, which constantly vares in the degree
of its curvature. Being deri ved from the inclined
ellipse, their degree of slant is greater than that of ares
taken from the circle. What is true of inclined curves is
also true of their ares, i. e., they slant at a greater angla
than the two oblique axes of the circle which are used for
alphabetic char8.('ters in other systems. I repeat: the
alphabetic characters of this system are such as are the
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
viii INTRODUCTION.
direct result of the motion of the hand in the writing

position, instead of ares and axes of the circle, which
cannot be produced by the writing movement.
As there are no perpendicular ares, chords, or axes in
the chirographic ellipse, my alphabet was at once divested
of the perpendicular characters which encumber all the
Pitmanic alphabets.
Having decided upon the characters to be used in the
structure of an alphabet, there arose the important ques
tion of the appropriation of the more facile characters to
represent the more frequent letters, and of the less facile
to represent the lesa frequent. To decide upon the com
parativa frequency with which the severa} letters of the
alphabet are used, recourse was had, first to the printer's
case, and finally, to settle the matter phonetically, five
hundred words were written from tbe sacred Scriptures,
an equal number taken from art phraseology, from com
mercial pbraseology, from legal phraseology, from Shakes
peare and from Edward Everett's writings; making in all
three thousand words, in all of which the phonetic ele
ments were counted, with this result, the letters being
given in the order of the frequency with which they are
used, the highest first, and so on: i, a, n, o, r, t, u, e, s,
z, d, th, 1, m, b, e, v, f, h, g, w, j, ch, y, sh, wh, ng, zb,
q, x.
Having determinad the comparativa values of the char
acters to be used, and the relativa frequency of the sounds
to be represented, the selection of the proper characters
to represent given sounds would seem to be an easy
problem, were it not for the added necessity of combining
characters, which demanda that frequently recurring
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
INTRODUCTION. ix
combinations should be represented by characters which

combine easily.
'fhe question of vowel representation was one not
easily settled. The recognition of the disadvantage of
disconnective vowel signs in other systems: and of the
difficulty of minute nnect-ive vowels, led me to inquire
whether it would not be practicable to write shorthand
with five vowels, which might be representad by five
characters similar to those employed to represent the con:
sonant sounds, and possessing similar advantages, viz.:
the advantages of connectibility with other characters,
and of the applicability to them of the various contrac
tions which are applied to the consonant characters.
Is it not possible, I asked, to write shorthand by
means of twenty-five consonant characters and ftve vowels?
The fact that we employ but five vowels in all our
correspondence and in printing all our Iiterature, and
that the stenographer who takes his notes in the use of a
system representing all the vowel sounds transcribes the
notes for others to read in tite use of only ftve vowels,
caused me, after long consideration, to finally decide, that
not only would it be possible to write shorthand by the
use of ftve vowels, but that severa! important advantages
would arise therefrom, viz. :
I. That the vowels would be represented by characters
of cqual value with the consonant characters.
II. That they would be connective.
III. That they would admit of the contractions com
mon to the consonant characters.
IV. 'fhat instead of writing as few vowels as possible,
and relying almost wholly on consonant outlines of words
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
J
X INTRODUCTION.
aftcr the manner of other systems, many more lvowels

would be written, and the writing would therefore become
more nearly phonetic.
The use which is made of positions in the Pimanic
systems, in which ali the numerous vowel sounds are
represented by three positions; each of these three posi
tions representing sounds of all the different vowcls, the
position representing the inflected vocal element of a word
which may begin thc word, or be in the middle, or at the
l
nd of it, leavcs the reader no means to determine its
Iocality in the word, except as he is guided by the context
and by his knowledge of the word. 'l'his unphonetic,
involved, illegible, posit.ion-alphabet, which I had during
twenty years regarded as the nightmarc of the shorthand
student, inclined me to reject entirely the use of positions,
although I was evidently discarding a most efficient factor
in securing simplicity and brevity o/ outline.
After much reflection I reached the conclusion that so
important a factor as that of position could not wisely be
rejected from the alphabetic problem if it were possible
to so employ it as to securc simplicity and legibility at the
same time. Thc alphabctic arrangcment of five positions
to represent both vowels and diphthongs seemed to meet
both of these requirements, and was finally adopted in its
present form.
I subsequently discovered that it would be possible to
represent fivc consonants as well as five vowels by thc five
positions, without ambiguity, writing a consonant on a
given position to expresa the vowel following it, and
writing a vowel on a given position to express the conso
nant a.fter it.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
.,,,.
1 INTRODUCTION. xi
These five coneonant positions soon grew to represent

twelve consonante, and the second edition of "Eclectic
Shorthand" announced the discovery of the possibility of
representing all the consonante by five positions in a very
simple and practical way.
The invention of my full position-alphabet so simpli
,
fied and abbreviated most words, that I eoon conceived
the idea of dispensing as far as practicable with the use of
l
word-signs; and, in the third edition, the long list of
signa which appeared in the first and second was oinitted,
the chief object of the few word-signs which were retained
being their use in phrase-writing.
In the third edition the last vestige of perpendicular
characters disappeared, even the upright ticks. This I
had sought from the first, but had not until then been
able to accomplish.
All the linear characters were grouped in three classes:
left oblique, right oblique, and horizontal; and thus
became so similar in their cmbinations to the movement
of the haQd in longhand writing that the ea.se with which
they are written is a matter of constant remark among
practica! writers of the system, especially among those
who were formerly writers of other systems.
In addition to the linear characters, it was necessary,
in order to complete the alphabet, to employ a few others
which, from their form, are distinguished as Surface
.,, Characters, and which are especially valuable because of

their facility in joining with other characters; because of
their distinctive outlines, and because they readily admit
of modification in size, still retaining their characteristic
appearance.
.,.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
xii INTRODUCTION.
'l'he system may be justly characterized as a free-kand

shorthand. Since the publication of the third edition
the mai features of the system have remained unchanged,
but the fifth, ninth and tenth editions presented sorne
slight modifications. The first edition of the Shorthand
Dictionary contained severa} changes whic were gener
ally welcomed as valuable, and the second edition contains
a few others which will prove equally acceptable. From
the tenth to the present edition there have been no
chauges in the platea of the work.
Doubtless it has sometimes seemed undesirable to
writers of the system to be obliged to frequently learn
something new in order to keep abreast with its develop
ment, but for the most part only favorable criticisms have
been offered.
The fundamentals of the system were the result of
most thorough investigation, and I have never ceased to
regard ali the most minute details which clothed it with
,
constantly increasing interest and affection, striving to
avoid the addition of anything unimportant, or that
might mar its symmetry, so that in all its parts its unity
might be evident.
Lovingly as it has been nursed from ita very birth, the
vast labor required to bring it to its present state of
maturity has often caused the wish that it had been pro
duced from the brain of a Jupiter, that like Minerva it
might have sprung into being fully developed.
I owe sincere gratitude to intelligent and enthusiastic 1
teachers who have so ardently advocated its claims in all
parts of the country, many of whom have generously
responded to my repeated inquiries; and I have profound
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
INTRODUCTION. xiii
admiration for the strong-hearted young men and women

who, by well-directed, earnest, loving effort have demon
strated its practicability in all departments of reportoriat
work.
This edition contains everything valuable which has
been connected with the systein. It has been written
anew throughout. 'l'he contractions have been repre
sented in the forro of brief, simple rules, with ample
illustrations.
The coalescents are all presented as combinations,
before the position-alphabet is given, so that there may
be leas embarrassment to the learner in writing words
which begin with coalescent consonante. All the short
hand instruction is put in the forro of short lessons with
review questions, that teachers may the more easily and
thoroughly drill learners on the elements, a feature which
I believe will be appreciated.
I have considerably increased the number of illustra
tive words in this edition, and have given a long list of
common phrases, and also lista of business and legal
phrases, which will greatly increase the practica} value of
the book.
In order that the pupil may have the advantage of
accurate representation of all the principies and expe
dienta employed, I have, myself, carefully written for the
photo-engraver all the illustrative chracters and pages.
Such have been the improvements in the photo-engraving
art within the past few years, that the illustrative written
pages of this edition are much better, and more perfect
reproductions of the work of the pen, than were those of
any previous edition. Heretofore, writing for the photo-
r rng,1,,edbyGoogle
xiv INTRODUCTION.
engraver had to be made twice as large as it was to appear

in the plate, that by diminishing its size by means of the
amera the sharpness of outline might be preserved. To
write rapidly twice as large as usual, and at te same time
prese1ve all the relative proportions of the characters, was
a very difficult task, and many disproportionate characters
necessarily resultad, which to sorne extent impaired the
legibility of the exercises. For this edition the writing
is done in my uniform style and size, and is exactly repro
duced in the platea by photo-engraving; and it is believed
that these rapidly written illustrations will be far more
valuable to the learner than carefully engraved samples.
Projected on an entirely new plan,-a system of short
hand writing by principies and rules having no excep
tions; almost without word-signs; writing words more
fully and yet with lesa strokes than any other system, it
'
has had a steady, gradual, practica! development. It was
at first favorably received by the public, and for a work
of its charactr, has been widely studied, and is now
1
employed in all parts of the country in commercial, legal,
ad general reporting.
The modifications of this edition will, it is hoped, give
facility in reading and writing, lend stability to the sys
tem, and lighten the load of the great army of toilers
with the swift pen, thus rendering the verbatim record
1
of thought more possible and absoluta in all its depart
ments.
J. G. CROSS.
CWCAGO, January 1, 1890.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
..
r
OONTENTS.
PJ.QB
" Chirographic Diagram, Frontiapiece

lntroduction, V-XIV
.. CHAPTER l
How to Teach Shorthand, 1-3
How to Study Shorthand, 8-5
Attitude while Writing, 5
Materials, 5-7
Perseverance, 7
CHAPTER 11.
CHARACTERS AND THEIR COMBINATION.
Lesson l. Derivation and Classification of the Chara.cters, S-10

The Alphabet, 12
,.. II. Leaming the Alphabet, . 18, 14
" 111. Combinations of Ticks, and Circles with other
Characters, 15-17
.. IV Combining the Diagraphs sh, ch, wh, with other
Characters, 18, 19
" V. Combining Hooks with other Charncters, 19-21
lllustrative Combinations, 22-26
Movement Exercises, 27
VI. Shading to Express Letters, 28, 29
" VII. The Coalescent l and w,
" VIII. Coalescent s,
80, 31
82-35
Review lllustrations, 36
CHAPTER 111.
Lesson IX. Phonography, 37-40
XV
D1git1zedbyCoogle
xvi CONTENTS.
CHAPTER IV.
11:XPEDIENTS OF ABBREVIATION.
Lesson X. Position Alphabet, 41

Rule 1, Vowel Positions, 42,43
,, XI. Vowel Sounds, 48-47
XII. Rule 2, Consonant Positions, 48-49
" Xlll. Rule 3, Consonant Positions, oontinued, l0-53
XIV. Complete Position Alphabet, 53,54
" XV. Rule 4, Writing Diphthongs on Positions, 54,55
Writing Words beginning with Two Vowels, 56
XVI. Rule 5, Writing Coalescents on Positions, 57-62
" XVII. Rule 6, Lengthening of Characters, 62,63
Rule 7, Enlarging Surface Characters, 63-65
" XVIII. Rule 8, Shortening Short Characters, 65-68
Rule 9, Diminishing Surface Characters, 68-70
Exerc:ise on Relative Sizes, 70
XIX. Rule 10, Writing Characters Jrregularly, 71-80
XX. Rule 11, Writing lnitial h on Position, 80,81
XXI. Review of Hooks and Circles, 82-86
CHAPTER V.
ABBREVIATION BY SUFFIXES AND PREFIXES,
Lesson XXII. Abbreviation by Sufflxes, 87-93

XXIII. List of Terminations, with Disconnected
Signs, . 93-97
XXIV. List of Terminations with Signs Written
Across, 98
Exercise in Terminations 99-101
XXV. Prefixes Classified, 102-110
" XXVI. Prefixes with Special Signs, 111-115
CHAPTER VI.
Lesson XXVII. Words of Frequent Occurrence, 116-122
Proper Names, 123-125
Writing Exercise, 125, 126
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CONTENTS. xv
CHAPTER VII.
PHRASE-WRITING
Lesson XXVIII. First Method, 127-130
" XXIX. Second Method, 181
" XXX. 'l'hird Method, 132-136
Fourth Method, 136
Rules for General Phrase-Writing, 187-138
., lllustrations of Common P,hrases, 139-154
Business Phrases, 155-159
Legal Phrases, 160-164
CHAPTER VIII.
GRADED READING AND WRJTING EXERCISES.
The Old Oak Tree, 165, 166

The Rose and the Clay, 167
The Ox and Calf, 167
The Old Dame and Her Maids, 168
The Bees and Snail, 168
The Wolf and Fox, 169
The Ji'Jy and Ant, 170
The Ilart and Vine, 171
The Last Rose of Summer-Thoa. Moore, 172
The Girl and Chickens.-Hans Christian Ande181ffi, 172
The New Frock.-Hans Christian Andersen, 173
Bread and Butter.-Hans Christian Andersen, 174,175
Lecture on Shirt Buttons,-Douglaa Jerrold, 176-178
Baby's Soliloquy 178
Those Evening Bells.-Thos. .M.oore, 179
The Lovers, 180
The Pilot.-John B. Gough, 181
The Stream of Life.-R. Heber, 182
Advicc to Young Men.-Noah Porter, 183
Lincoln the Shepherd of the People.-Phillips Brooks, 183, 184
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
xviii CO.NTE.NTS.
CHAPTER IX.
ADDENDA.
Omisaion of Words, 181>
" Consonants, Vowels, 186, 187
" Prefixes, Sufflxes, 188
Technical Terms, Negative Words, Shorthand Notation, 189
Proper Names, Punctuation, 190
Shorthand Capit&ls, Preparing Copy fer Printer, 191
Proof Reading, 191-193
Long and Short Vowels, 194, 195
Epitome of Rules, 196
CHAPTER X.
THE .lKANUENSIS.
Qualiftcations, 198
Character, . 198
Education 199-201
Shorthand 201
PenmanShip, the Writing Machine, 202
Regarding a Position, 203-208
T!ie Writing Machine, 209-214
Correspondence . . 214
Typewritten Letters, 215-22.5
Exeroises for Correction 226
The Legal Amanuensis, 227
Legal Forms, 227-237
CHAPTER XI.
COURT REPORTING.
Taking the Notes of a Tria!, 240-243
Making Transcript, . 243-246
Typewritten Transcript of a Case in Court, 247-249
Notes of Preceding Transcript, 250-254
Illustrations of Transcript, 255-261
ILLUSTRATIONS OF CURVELINE RULING.
Our Country.-Henry Armitt Brown 262
The Power of llabit.-John B. Gough, 263
The Love of Country.-Sydney Smith, 264
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ECLECTIC SHORTHAND.
CHAPTER I.
HOW TO TEACH SHORTHAND.

l. This edition is intended to be so written that the
teacher will have little to do, except to make a repeated
and thorough revision and examination of all his pupil's
work, to be sure of its.correctness. No pupil can learn
shorthand without study, but these lessons being short
and clear, if frequently and thoroughly reviewed, every
student may make certain progresa.
2. In reviewing, dictate every exercise to the class,
one or more pupila writing on the board while others
r write on their blanks. Let the writing on the h<?ard be
carefully criticised, and ali errors pointed out and cor
.. rected. Occasionally look over the written exercise of the
whole class to be sure that each pupil understands the
work he is doing. If any pupil fails to apply the prin
cipies, he had better be turned back to the beginning and
go through them all again, rather than go on to the par
tial or complete failure which inevitably resulta from not
mastering the fundamental principies of a.ny study.
3. Insist on the pupil keeping to the exercises of the
book without dictation of other ma.tter until he has quite
finished the Textbook a.nd Shortha.nd Dictiona.ry. Then
0ig,1,,edbyGoogle
2 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND.
you may begin to dictate. At first dietate simple matter,

as, the First Reader, Robinson Orusoe in monosyllables,
1Esop's Fables, etc. These short words serve to illustrate
the application of all the principles except the prefixes
and suffixes, and offer leas embarrassment to the leamer,
until he begins to have some proficiency and confidence.
4. The rate of dictation should at first be sufficiently
moderate to enable the writer to follow it easily, but
should gradually be increased, until speed is attained.
5. Dictating very slowly, the student repeating each
word as often as possible before the next is uttered, is
excellent practice to familiarize him with words.
6. Frequently time the student, to ascertain how
many words he can write in one, two, three, or five
minutes.
7. Insist on the pupil reading all he writes. In read
mg in clase do not allow too much prompting. The pupil
should become self-reliant as fast as possible. He should
frequently be called on to rise and read his notes,-an
excellent exercise, than which nothing can inspire more
confidenoe.
8. As early as possible after the pupil has thoroughly
mastered the principles, he must begin to transcribe bis
notes on the machine, and should have severa} business
letters or business or legal forros dictated to him daily,
to be transcribed on the machine and submitted for
examination and criticism.
9. One difficult exercise repeatedly performed by the
pupil until he can do it quickly and perfectly is worth a
vast amount of easy or aimless work, either in shorthand
or on the machine.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
...
HOW TO STUDY SHORTHAND. 3
10. The written exercises should not only be fre
quently rea.d a.nd copiad by the pupil, but should be

dicta.ted to him, tha.t he ma.y compare bis writing with
tha.t of the text-book.
HOW TO STUDY SHORTHAND.

l. Lea.rn the a.lpha.bet thoroughly, so that you can
ma.ke a.ny chara.cter perfectly and quickly, a.nd can write
without hesita.tion a.ny letter ca.lled for. Do not be in
ha.ate to lea.ve the a.lpha.bet.
2. Study the illustra.tions of combina.tions, a.nd pra.c
tice them until you can reproduce them from the keys
which follow without referring to the illustrations.
3. Study a.nd practica the coa.lescents until you are
fa.miliar with them.
4. Read the cha.pter on phonogra.phy until you under
sta.nd it.
5. The position-a.lpha.bet is no less importa.nt tha.n the
,. alpha.bet of cha.ra.cters, a.nd must be studied and pra.cticed
with the sa.me pa.ins-ta.king ca.re. Let no rule or rema.rk
pass until you thoroughly understa.nd and can a.pply it.
6. The words given in the illustrations must be re
written many times, until, you can write every one of
them correctly a.nd without hesitation.
..
7. You must frequently review the rules ; otherwise
in lea.rning so ma.ny similar new things, one a.fter an
other will be forgotten, a.nd their future a.pplication
mpossible.
8. Do not be too a.nxious to pra.ctice writing general
ma.tter, but be satisfied to confine yourself to the words
,.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
4 ELECTIC SHORTHAND.
given in the illustrations until you have passed through

all the rules and the liste of phrases. At this point you
should write a number of pages daily from the Shorthand
Dictionary.
9. Study and prsctice the phrases until you ha.ve
thoroughly memorized them, then you may practica the
illustrative written pages following them.
10. All the writing-exercises in this book should be ..i
practiced until you can write them perfectly. You
should also transcribe them in longhand or type-writing
and write your transcript in shorthand to compare your
writing with mine, and do not be satisfied until you
write perfectly.
11. When you begin to write from dictation, you
should critically examine your writing frequently, to
discover any errors you may have fallen into, and to pre
vent their becoming permanent.
12. You may hear it said that every stenographer
must ha.ve sorne peculiarities of his own, sorne word and
phrase-signs of his own invention. Be not, however, so
ambitious to develop these erratic tendencies, as you are
to become thoronghly established in all the principles of
the system, for these will afl'ord you ample foundation for
definite, comprehensive, and brief writing.
13. You must not neglect reading, but should care
fully and repeatedly read a.11 the exercises. When you
are able to write correctly from dictation, you must read
all you write. If you have difficulty in reading, you must
devote the more attention to it. Take one of your rapidly
written exercises of a dozen pages and read it repeatedly
forwards and backwards, and then go over it all, calling
Dig,tized byGoogle
A'ITITUDE WHILE WRITINO. 5
out words here and there until you can call any word at
.. sight. By this means you will fully overcome any diffi

culty you may have in reading.
14. The foregoing remarks on reading are based on
the assumption that you have already learned to write
reasonably well, for unless you understand the rules and
.. apply them correctly in writing, your notes will neces

sarily be, to a greater or less extent, illegible.
ATTITUDE WHILE WRITING.

l. To write easily, sit nearly erect at the table, resting
both arma on ita surface, leaning slightly on the left arm,
that the right may receive none of the weight of the
shoulders, but may rest so lightly as to offer no obstacle
to ita easy movement in all directions.
2. In writing, the right arm and hand must rest on
the table buoyantly, like cork on water.
3. Do not hold the pen too tightly with tbe fingers,
but only with a grasp sufficiently firm to keep it well in
ita place. Too much pressure of the fingers on the pen
will render tbe whole band and arm rigid, and tbus pre
vent freedom of action.
MATERIALS.
l. There is no doubt that curve-line blanks are
superior to those ruled with straight linea. lnquire of
your stationer for tbem; their use will add much to your
ease and speed in writing. The hand moves in curves
much more easily and swiftly than in straight linea.
,.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
...
1
6 ECLECTIC SHOBTHAND,
2. PencUs.-Pencils are more generally used than

pens, because they are more easily carried and are
always ready for use. The stenographer buys them by
the dozen or groes, and always keeps at hand a number of
them well sharpened. Pencils Nos. 2 or 2- of sorne reli
ab!e manufacture will bear whittling to a long point, and
reqnire mucli leas pressure in writing than hard pencils
do. In sharpening the pencil, whittle away the wood and
lead by small shavings taken equally from ali sides of it,
and you will be less likly to break the point.
3. Pens.-'rhe pen, if well chosen, is an easier in
strument to use, and less fatiguing than the pencil,
because it requires much less pressure. It also produces
more definite, legible and permanent characters. In
phonography a flexible pen is far superior to a stiff one. ...
The points should be smooth and reliable. Steel pens
used in acid inks soon become corroded and sharp, and
should therefore be frequently replaced.
4. A good half-stub pen is a very pleasant instrument
for shorthand work. I have used the Esterbrook
"Ohancellor" with much satisfaction.
5. A straight, short-nibbed, flexible, smooth-pointed
gold pen is the best instrument for constant use, but care
mnst be taken to select one that is not springy and
nnmanageable. Select one that will readily respond to
pressure, and that will produce short, firm, definite
shades with but slight effort of the writer. The ordinary
long-nibbed, springy gold pen should not be used by the
stenographer. If a good gold fountain-pen can be secured
to suit your hand, it will give you the best possible
service.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PEBSEVEBING BTUDY, 7
6. Paper.-The paper you use must be selected with

reference to the instrument you write with. If you write
with a pencil, select paper with a smooth but medium
soft surface, which the pencil will slightly indent while
writing. If you use a pen, select a calendered paper of
medium-hard, smooth, even surface.
7. Blank books are made to open from the end, callad
end-fold, or from the side, called side-fold blanks. Either
has sorne advantages not possessed by the other, but you
can only decide by practica which you would prefer.
PERSEVERANCE.
l. You will derive great advantage from the use of
good materials, but without thoughtful, persevering study
they will avail but little. The best pena, pencils and
paper, with the best system of shorthand and intelligent
teaching, cannot make you a stenographer.
2. .As a foundation, you must possess a good English
educa.tion. If you lack this, you must at one take up
the study of orthography, dictionary work, grammar and
punctuation, which you can carry on with shorthand.
13. Do not become discouraged; whether studying by
yourself or in school keep thoughtfully and patiently at
work, becoming daily more perfect in your knowledge
and more skilful in your practice. Every stndent is
liable to occasional feelings of discouragement, but suc;
cess does not lie in yielding to them. Laugh at dis
couragements and press onward. If you make a little
progress daily and persevere, you will be able, almost
before you are aware of it, to write legibly, rapidly.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPTER II.
OHARAOTERS AND THEIR OOMBINATIONS.

LESSON l.
l. The alphabetie eharacters used in this system of
shorthand are ares and ehords of the ehirographie ellipse.
2. The Chirographic EUipse is an ellipse from
whieh are derived the linee of the longhand alphabet.
3. The following fignr_es will serve to show the ares
and ehords which are appropriated to the alphabet of
this system of shorthand.
v@e
-
-(/)
-------
4. These linee stand in three direetions, viz.:
-
HORIZONTAL. FORW ARDSLANT. BACK-SLANT.
__/

. Each line is nsed both long and short, thus doub
ling the number of linea.
LONG LINES.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
DERIVATION OF CHARACTERS, 9
SHORT" LINES,
/ _,,./"'/ /,J :::::: "'- '\' ' '
6. Each line has three characteristics, viz. : form,
direction, length.
7. There are no perpendicular characters, ut sorne
are more nearly perpendicular than others. The natural
action of the hand in the forward movement draws up
ward linee ata gres.ter slant than downward linea, and in
the back slantcharacters those drawn by finger movement
stand more nearly perpendicular than those drawn by a
gliding movement of the hand, as ilhistrated in the fol
lowing longhand characters:
_
8. The degree of slant of the forward oblique charac
ters when written upwards, is about thirty degrees from
the horizontal, and when drawn downwards is about thirty
degrees from the perpendicular. The slant of the back
ward oblique characters when drawn by the finger move
ment is about thirty degrees from the perpendicular, but
when made by the hand and arm movement is about
thirty degrees from the horizontal, as shown by the fol
k
lowing diagrame:
9. This law of movement, adopted from longhand, is

peculiar to this system of shorthand, and is important;
the motionf:\ employed being so similar to those used in
longhand, to which, by long practice, we ha.ve beccime
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
accuetomed, s.re much easier; and correct execntion of

the charactere is mnch more certain than in those eystems
which employ perpendicular characters in connection
with backward, forward and horizontal charactere, the
combining of which produces an irregular and unnatural
action of the hand, very difficult to acquire and especially
difficult to maintain in rapid writing.
10. In longhand there are upward, downward, and
horizontal lines of varions lengths occurring in regular
order. In this system of shorthand we have upward,
downward, and horizontal linee similar in form, direction
and length to those of forward longhand, and in addition
downward linee similar in elant, form and direction to
those of the back-slant longhand.
11. The characters are divided into two general classee,
viz.: Linea;r Characters, those having only lengih,
and SurfaetJ Characte-rs, those having both length
and breadth. The Surface Characters comprise the two
hooks, two circles, and the circles distinguished by the
different ticks beginning them.
LINEAR CHARACTEBS,
-- - ---,,.---_/ ..........._''-'
SURFACE CHABACTERS,
/7 (/ o J 5> o' --,

12. All the curves being derived from the ellipse, rapid
practice in the formtion of continuous ellipses is valu-

able to the shorthand student. The following exercises
should be practiced at a rapid rate:
MOVEMENT EXERCISES.
rng,1,,ed byG <? ogle

KOVEMENT EXERCISES.
REVIEW.
From what outline are the alphabetic characters
formad? In what three directions are the characters
drawn? What three distinctions has each character?
What are linear characters? What are surface characters?
What is the degree of slant of the forward-oblique char
acters when drawn upwards? What is the degree of slant
when drawn downwards? By what movement are the
upward lines drawn? By what movement are the down
ward lines drawn? By what movement are the horizontals
produced? By what movement are the more upright
backward characters produced? By what movement are
the very slant backward characters produced?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE ALPHABET.
SMALL LETIEBS.
a ,,,- i .../ q
( y "---
.Y z
.---.....
--,,.
b ............. j r -. o
e ,--- k B ah ,9
1
d __, 1 v' t /-
ch "'b
'
.,
-
'--
---
e m u wh OI
_/
f n V
g V o / w ng --:,
h o p X "-- nJ
I
CAPITAL LETIEBS.
A .,.,..- ...-,,,
-
I Q
( y '-.._
B '---...
J J R z ---....
o .,-- K .,,,-.-- s '--- Sh ..9
D .__ L t} T Ch "2>
-
J...--...
E ![ u ..___ Wh ol
F - N .__ V _,,.,,.,,. Th .__

G t/ o .,,.,,.- w
H o p .,,.., X
12
DrgitrzedbyGoogle
LEARNING THE ALPHABET, 13
LESSON II.
LEARNING THE ALPHABET.
l. Make a copy of the alphabet.
2. Write a, 1, o, j, e, k, w, v, and straight s very
slanting, upward, by a gliding movement of the hand
and forearm towards the right.
,,.,-- _/ / _p ,.,--,,,,.--__./------
3. Write a, o, 1, j, q, w, v, and straight t nearly
perpendicular downwards.
/' //ol////
The two slants are similar to those of the upward and
downward strokes in longhand, as illustra.ted in the
following letters: m, u, e.
4. Write b, x, e, u, y, and z, very slant downward,
making an angle of about thirty degrees with te hori- .
zontal line. This is easily done by a slight, quick move
ment of the hand to the right in forming ea.ch character.
--'---'--...'---
, Write the same characters nearly perpendic1:1,lar,
forming ea.ch cha.meter by a movement of the fingers.
This movement, although not so easy as that of the hand
and arm, should, as well as the other, be much practicad,
t,hat the learner may become very proficient in ech
movement.
6. Write m, n, r, s, f, d, th, and ng, from left to

right, forming each character by a gliding movement of
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
the hand towards the right. The r is distinguished from

n by being heavy.
7. Write p, g, r, h, 1, sh, ch, wh, beginning p and

sh at the bottom and all the others at the top. Make
the h and r and the circles of sh, ch, and wh of uni
form size.
4 v o o II J> b u
8. Write the vowels a, i, o, e, u,beginning them
at the top and making them by a downward movement;
also write a, i, o upwards and e and u downwards very
slanting.
,.(/ .J / \. '\ ;,,,,- _./ ,,/" '- -....
9. Study and practica the alphabet until you not only
know each letter at sight, but can reproduce any letter
without hesitancy and by a quick stroke. It is well to
practica until you can write the entire alphabet correctly
severa! times in a minute.
,,.-, ,,-- ..._,, '- -- u o _./_,Y,,,.-.-?._ -
,,,.,... /J I- -- ,, -...... .--__,,, "-'-----.,._

10. Observe those characters which you make imper
fectly, and devota more attention to them, until you can
J
make all the characters with equal facility and accuracy.
REVIEW.
What are horizontal characters? What are the for
ward-oblique characters? How are they written? What
Digit,zed by Google
COMBINATIONS.
e 15
causes the difference in their slant? What are the back
ward-oblique characters? Why are they written with two
different slants? How are the characters of each slant
written? What are the surface characters? How do you
begin the ticked characters? Which of them are written
downwards? Which upwards?
LESSON III.
COHBINATIONS.
1. Combining the ticks with olher ohar

acters.-Prefix t to other characters.
2. Affix t and B to other characters.
ILLUSTBATIONS.
Ta, ti, to, te, tu, t.c, td, t, tg, tj, tth, tk,
y'"" J / '-"' .__ , J_,,,-

tl, tm, tn, tp, t.q, tr, ts, tt, tw, tv, tx, ty, tz, tng,
i ,____.Y)(" "' - J...----'---'--.--..
tsh, t.ch, at, it, ot, et, ut, bt, et, dt, ft, gt, ht, jt,
_9 ,-. _,,, .,,/" '-. .......... .,,--. .__--, V qJ
kt, mt, nt, pt, qt, rt, st, st, vt, wt, xt, yt, zt, as,
,,...-
-. -, /.1-, / 9 A ..__, --
_../' ......... '--,

bs, es, ds, es, fs, gs, hs, is, js, ks, Is, ms, ns, os,
'- ,------ '-- - (/ O'"/_,r,,,-,,---- '

ps, qs, rs, ts, ths, us, vs, ws, xs, ys, zs, shs,chs,
/1-(o__. v--.,""'\,_./--'- ,9'

whs, ngs.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
JIJ
"\
l. Combl,nl,ng the ci'rcl,es UJlth other chalr

actet"s.-Prefix r to each character by writing the circle
on the inner side of curves, a.nd on the upper side of
stra.ight linea.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Ra, rb, re, ril, re, rf, rg, rh, ri, rj, rk, rl, rm,
r r Q_,., q----.... & o./ o.-Pr 110--
m, ro, rp, rq, rr, rs, rt, rth, ru, rv, rw, rx, ry,
'- o/ 47
rz, rch.
g._ Q__..., 9 a-- <7"'\ a......-,/0..-_

2. Affix r to ea.ch letter by writing the circle on the
inner side of curves, a.nd under side of stra.ight linea.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Ar, br, cr, dr, er, fr, gr, ir, jr, kr, Ir, mr, nr,
/" 't> ,.,.,..--.,...___o \o (Y .,./1 y,.,....--., --o -o
or, pr, qr, sr, tr, thr, ur, vr, wr, xr, yr, zr, shr,
,./ /o ( ---9 d o _,.,9--i:, '-o ..,0
cbr, whr.
"l9 0
3. Prefix a.nd a.ffix 1 in the se.me ma.nner as r, to
other cha.ra.cters.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
La, al, lb, bl, Je, el, Id, di, le, el, lf, fl, lg, gl,
r / '-- ,,,,-='=-- .._?' "= ,:::;r--... ......--= e tR

Ji, il, 'lj, ji, lk, kl, lm, mi, In, ni, lo, ol, lp, pi,
o/ _JI J./,,,...-=- -= e:>.- _,. o// 1l
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COMBINATIONS. 17
lq, ql, 11, Is, sl, lt, tl, 1th, thl, lu, ul, lv, vl, hv,
/'/ /J-=--_::,.fl/cr-- /_./"""e/

wl, lx, xi, ly, yl, zl.
__/"--=
4. Prefix h to the vowel characters, making the h
and joining it angularly to the letter following it; affix
it to consonants, joiIJ.ing it angularly. que
Diferencia entre "H" y la "R", es
la "H" es angular, casi salida
ILLUSTRATIONS. o poco abierta.
Ha, he, hi, ho, hu, hm, hn, hd, hs, hth, hf, ht,
( q__ ;J 7 "'\ 0--0-0--0-0---0--- 9
hv, hy, hx, dh, mh, nh, fh, bhv, bhf, bhnd, bhd,
cr""'-'-- ---,;, Y-----,,---.
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
In what direction is the straight t always written ?
What distinguishes straight t from straight s ? How is
the circle r joined to curves? How to the beginning
of straight horizontal lines? How to the end of them?
On which side of oblique straight lines is initial r
drawn? On which side of them is final r turned?
Why are initial r and 1 written on the upper eide of
straight lines? Why are final r and 1 written on the
under side of straight lines?
Digit,zed by Google
18 ECLECTIC SHORTH.AND.
LESSON IV.
CO.M:BINING THE IHGR.APHS sh, ch AND wh WITH -
OTHER CHARACTERS.
i. Prefix sh to the other characters.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Shn, shd, shs, shth, shf, shb, shx, shy, shv, shz,
:;- ,Y-- y ,9--- :J.._ 9--._ .,,9--.....
hw, shc, shch, shl, shp, shg.
,si-/.L) _p9 ,A{/ ,,,f,,fa

2. Prefix ch to other characters.
ILLUSTR.ATIONS.
Chn, chm, chs, cht, chf, che, chv, chw, chp, chg,
"b-::- "($' -.p -i,---.. "-6') e?, 'e
chy, chz, chb, chx, chch, chsh, chng.
'-'lD -?!'
3. Prefix wh to other characters.
'e:,-:,
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Whn, whm, whs, wht, whp, whg, whch, whf, whl,
cJ--t::1-- el' 9' t:h oi,.,, v ,:;J-....... e,/:,
whc, whv, whb, whx, why, whz, whng.
r- c/-...... d-..._ o.,__ e,'-)
4. Affix the enlarged ircle to other characters, turning

it on the inner side of curves and surface characters and
under side of straight lines for sh or ch. The enlarged
circle is joined directly for either sh or ch. The en
larged circle is never used beginning a word for ch, ah,
but the alphabetic forms are used.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COllBINING CHARACTERS, 19
ILLUSTRATIONS,
&h, bch, csh, cch, dsh, dch, fsh, fch, gsh, hsh,
"t) /-"O ..._!) ..._!) ...-e) cJ) o-"
. hch, jsh, lsh, lch, msh, mch, nsh, nch, qush, rsh, rch
b _.,0 1 -n -e, -o ""'t) t o o
ssh, sch, tch, vsh, vch, wsh, wch, thrsh, thch.
......J).._J) 6,,/0 /"-9 _y ,-t) --o
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
In what direction is the tick beginning the character
sh drawn? In what direction is the tick in the character
ch drawn? In what direction is the tick in the character
wh drawn? On which aide of the tick is the circle
turned in sh when it is followed by p or c? On which
aide of the tick may the circle in ch be turned when
followed by t? How is the enlarged circle attached for
sh? How is the enlarged circle attached for ch?
LESSON V.
COllBINING THE HOOKS WITH OTHER CHARACTERS.
l. Prefix p and g to other characters, uniting them
angularly with all characters except with each other and
with r, 1, and sh, ch.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
Pa, pi, po, pe, pu, ga, gi, go, ge, gu, pm, pn,
,,,,,,.,.--,,.,_/"<_ 7 7 '--'\..._ ""\ ,-z__ "2.-
pth, pf, pd, ps, pt, gn, gm, gs, gth, gt, gf, pe, pv,
,,,___ a--.... a_.., /Y V-- V--- (/ ,r--- "" ,,,.--...,,,.,,.-

rng,1,,edbyGoogle

pw, ge, gv, g,r, pb, px, py, pz, gb, gx, gy, gz, gs,
,;z_/ "\... .,---,.r----<z..__'2...__'-._ ..........."\..__ V
pi, pg, pr, gl, gp, gr, gsh.
/,3 /V /c} d' t/) d &
2. Affix g and p, writing them as hooks on the char
actere preceding them, tnrning p on the upper and g
on the under eide of horizontal and backward-obliqne
charactere.
ILLUBTRATIONS.
Bp, bg, np, ng, mp, mg, xp, xg, dp, dg, sp, sg,
. -.........:, _.:, -,, __:, ---;,
-..........
--::, ---:, --.:> '--:>
thp, thg, fp, fg, ep, eg, up, ug, yp, yg, zp, zg.
-:, --,---:,'-> '-:, '.) ----,--....,--:---:;
3. Attach g angularly for soft g, as in nudge,
bridge, fudge, and as a hook for hard g, as in bag,
big, ftg. If a word begins with soft g, as in gem,
gentle, use j instead of g. The following combinations
illuetrate the writing of both hard and soft g.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Bg, bg, eg, eg, ag, ag, ug, ug, ng, ng, thg, thg,
":) '-=>'----v -..,--:,
dg, <tg, sg, sg, fg, fg, mg, mg, pg, pg, gem, gentle.
-:, --c.- --:> ---:>--..,---:, --v/V _y--/7
4. Following upward e, k, v, w, a, i, and o, p
and g are always turned under, p as a hook, and g,
whether hard or soft, joined angularly.
ILLUSTR.ATIONS.
Cp, cg, vp, vg, wp, wg, op, og, ap, ag, ip, ig.
,,,,----,
/
_,./" ___./'""' /" ------
,/' _./'
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-
COMBINING CHARACTERS. 21
5. Following the above charactera when they are

written downwards g is a hook when hard, and angularly
joined when soft, whereas p is joined angularly.
ILLUSTR.ATIONS.
Qg, qg, qp, vg, vg, vp, vp, wg, wg, wp, wp, ag, ag, ap,
I { t _.-- 1.-,,,/7,.-/ _/, t t h

ig, ig, ip, ip, og, og, op, op, tg, tp.
.-,,,,V .,/../' '.,/"" /2/' ,. n
6. See if yon can write the combinations under the
six preceding paragraphs, writing from the keys withont
referring to the illustrations. If you cannot, practica on
those yn fail on, until you can write them without hesi
tancy. Review and practica all the combinations repeat
edly until they are mastered. Read and copy the follow
ing pagas of combinations repeatedly.
7. The five following pages of combinations are given
to afford you ample practica in combining the characters
before attempting words, that you may be the better
preparad for practicing words. They are photographic
reproductions of similar pages written rapidly as copies
for the student, and should be rapidly practicad, each
combination being written many times, to acquire the
ability to write them at once correctly and rapidly.
8. In practicing them sit erectly, rest the arm lightly
on the table, hold the pen loosely in the fingera, and
write by a combinad movement of arm, hand and fingera,
in a free-hand way.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ILLUBTRATIVE COMBINATIONS.
(. ;;,--L ( t--.. {{ t Vv-.

I {_ L f/t/ ( {( I V(_(_
L.._ /'\..r---,,,---u
///;,/.
/\
> '-:,
-:::, --.._/--_Y"-- '-- >....._,,
'-._;'?''o"''>
...___/ --------
/(
,,,,----
,,--;:;
,,,----,,,,----;' /1----:
/)
-/-- --...,___,,,,,--
----
.
Dig1tized byGoogle
...
.-
ILLUSTRATIVE CO.MBINATIONS. 23
-------- __,_/
>- '---- '-:,'t,
'?, '7 ..___/;..__Y "= \..__ '---

>
----
'-:,)>-\..'-o\.., "7 '--.
---
,.--__/
---
--z,, --u ---:; ---./___y---/
-
....----0 - ____,,,
______/
------
. ( u-,,
V---- U/ v->U---d' u--v-

v-- 7 v, f v lf) v v---- u v--
V---v-" v--_ I' o---_

o-- '- cr----- cu ./ 0--- 0-
/ (/'? 1o O" o-- q 0--- o--._ 0--o---"'
Digiti,ed by Google
'-'-._ --t' ,,1,-__,,....__ < _),--

L .-/\.... .?- . _,-__.,,AJ,,r-JPc:I
L_ L _,r-.J.- .-/7 --( /../'7../
.i __,, ,/ L/
./\._
_y-A._ -5'---
y-'
_y-Y_:;--y-_y---_r-( J
/.-fl---_,fy-- y-- z
r"- r-
e;//
J=-- /vn f JJ/7

---r
--..... _____,---..,___ -,
---:,
___
-o -V--= ---
7. -
___,,,
___,/__'>

---
__....,.-
--1' z r-,.,,,--_, .L-.. /"""
_/
D1gitized by Goog le

ILLUSTRATIVE COMBINATIONS. 25
/'.,,,,-:J L/ v'Y-/ L- L h /' '7 0
,//-/ ,:_._ /""\ L/______
l/J
/2.__ /V'
/J /2..._ /2_,,,_.-7/'"),'?
,;z_____
ttt Z
,z__, "/ 4--- /2_.../'
/- ( V-L (_ f--
VY-/L L?/f/16 f/t.J,
vvl_ (_ rrz.. r'-
0--- e, o./ J t}'c1' a__ O- ?ti?
("- Q____,, 9 C------ q_____ <z.___
"--- ---...._---- '---'\___---

--V
___,,...--
.
- ...__,,.--
,,9 -- ..__p
/ . __::)
(
_____.. _-,-
___.-/
V-"'--.
'- .1---,... & --- L/ J , L.- "--
rng,1,,edbyGoogle

v n/ ' 6 P- t_ .V--_/<..._
-.....,,,-'------V--'--...,__ --,
'\_/-......_,))-........---'-----------
"V? ""v? ' " .......__

__,,--
'-------;-
--- ___ /
-r _,.....-(1
___.---,
/-- L L /- /2
,--(__.-o//y
L./'-'/'-._
_,A'' d
_.-4 _,,/';{
-(_/_/_/
'------'----
"-../"
<
'---'--:,'-o '7 '-J \.._J

"-->\......./
'-----
'-.._/
>"-

Dig,tized byGoogle

MOVEMENT EXERCISEE, 27
-
DrgitrzedbyGoogle
28
LESSON VI.
SHADING TO EXPRESS LE'I'TERS.
l. Inttial h.-The h is a. whispered letter, always
followed by a vowel, and the vocal organs a.re a.lways
placed for the vowel following the h before the h is
uttered. Its effect is to add force to the vowel following
it; therefore, the vowel cha.racters a.re strengthened at the
top by beginning them with a shade to exprese the pre
ceding h. The sha.de for h must be confinad to the
beginnfng of the vowels, leaving them unsha.ded a.t the
end.
Write the five vowels so as to expreBB the h preceding,
thus:
ILLUSTRATIONS. 1
Ha, he, hi, ho, hu, hav, bhav, bhest, bhed, adher,
inher, bhold, bheld, bhaf, bhind.
'-J-- l-L._,
2. Dtphtlwngs.-The diphthongs au, ou, oi, eu,
and oo, are represented by writing the vowel characters
hea.vy, using the a for au, the u for ou, the e for eu,
the i for oi and the o for oo.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Awl, aught, a.ws, a.wfl, ba.wl, sa.w, tha.w, ca.w, gna.w(na.w),
I I
out, our,
(
onrs,
{
owl,
-,
ounce,
((
dower, douse,
/fr
down, fowl,
) L }.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
0.CENTS, 29
new, few, dew, hew, sewer, newer, newt, oil, oint,
oyster, soil, boil, foist, toil, boys, joys, ooze, soon,
noon, moon, boon, coon, loon.
3. Coalescent 'I'.- 'l'he letter r is a coalescent

letter, that is, a letter that combines with other letters to
form a sound which is pronounced by a- a.ingle impulse of
the voice. Because of this coalescent nature of r, other
letters are shaded to exprese an r following them, that
the united sound of the two letters may be represented by
a single character. Ali the characters except d, g, and
h are shaded at the end for the r following. The d, g,
and h are shaded at the beginning to expreBB a follow
ing r, because it is easier to shade them thus. In writing
the following characters be careful to shade them properly.
The r coalesces only with b, e, d, f, g, p, t, th, ah,
se, sp, st and the vowels, but ali cha.racters may be
shaded to exprese a following r.
ILLUSTRA.TIONS,
Ju, ir, or, er, ur, br, cr, dr, fr, gr, hr, jr, lr,
mr, nr, pr, qr, sr, tr, ur, vr, wr, xr, yr, zr, chr,
- - /1 / - "' --_...,.__.......___.,,
abr, whr, thr, ngr, frthr, brthr, prfr, trtr, grpr, trpr.
J) d - .., - (/1,.,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
30
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What letters are shaded to express h preceding?
Why are the vowels shad.ed to express hP Why ar not
consonante shaded to expresa h preceding? How are the
diphthongs represented? What representa au; what ou;
what oi; what eu; what ooP Why are letters shad.ed
to expresa a following rP What distinguhes au from
haP What distinguishes au from ar?
LESSON VII.
THE COALESCENT L AND W.
l. Coalescent l.-:-A coalescent 1 is expressed b:iz
making the preceding letter minute.
2. The letter 1 coalesces with the letters b, e, d, f, g,
p, s, and sp. To expresa these letters with the following
coalescent 1, make the letter before the 1 minute; except
e and f, making bl, dl, gl, pl, al, spl. For el a
minute hook is used turned on the under side of the
letter which follows it; and for :8. a minute 1 is used.
3. The coalescent dl does not occur.at the beginning,
but only in the middle or at the end of a word, as in
ladle, ladles.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Bl, el, dl, 11, gl, pl, sl, spl, ble, bis, blv, blf,
' <:
t:7 " ,. .,. ' .....,. .._,,,..- ---..
...___....__......_......,.u /"----....v-o-/
blm, bln, bid, bls, blsh, bleh, ebl, fbl, gbl, hbl, jbl,
lb!, mbl, nbl, bbl, pbl, qbl, rbl, sbl, tbl, vbl, wbl,
/1' --- --- ---. /4 ( <2,- < ___..... _/
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
31
ybl; zbl, abl, ibl, obl, ebl, ubl, elm, els, elv, ele, elp,
( ..../' '--..'--e-- e:--?e>
elg, clb, elf, clth, mdl, pdl, sdl, fdl, ddl, cdl, ftv,
C) e-...... e--- e--- -- /2. ----- - - ___...,.,
11.x, :flm, :fld, :fls, m:fl, s:fl, b:fl, w:fl, m:fl, gld, gis, glm,
- .,__...___. __ .__/ ......... ..,,./_ d_,l,{__,,u._
glnt, glv, glt, ngl, bgl, vgl, wgl, pld, pb,, pln, ple,
V--, cr-- .., --,,..............___./"" ,..__., ,.......__.,,,,,,-
plg, p lj, dpl, mpl, npl, gspl, epi, lpl.
z,. J.._:, --" _, / /'
4. Ooakscent w.-The letter w coalesces with t,
th, d., s, and g. To exprese w following these letters
their curve is deepened. The tw and thw are alike,
but are never confounded with each other, because the
words in which they occur are so unlike; thus, tb.wart,
thwack, could not be read, twart, twack, nor could
twice, twine be read thwice, thwine.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
Twn, tws, twt, twl, twe, twlv, twls, thwe, thwrt,

r'- /"\, .,,___,. "'"\) rV
thwrts, dwl, dwndl, dwls, dwlt, gwn, swm, swl, swt.
/(/""V -....J V 1/ '-" '-.A
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
With what letters does 1 coalesce? What principle is
used to exprese colescent lP What two letters are excep
tions? What is used for coalescent fl, sl, clP With
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
32 ECLEC'l'IC SHOBTHA.ND.
what lett.ers does w coalesce? What principie is em

ployed to expresa coalesoent wP Why may thw and
tw be expresaed by the same charact.er?
LESSON VIII.
COALESCENT 8.
I. 8 co&leeces with e, k, q, p, ph, 1, m, n, t, and

w, making se, sk, sq, sp, sph, el, sm, an, st, sw;
the se and sk are writt.en &like, and aph is equ&l to sf.
2. ac, ak...:...!I.'hese combinations represent the same
sound and are therefore writt.en by the same sign, a sm&ll
semi-ellipse, which always tums to the right, opening to
the left. Where it occurs at the beginning of a word, the
character which representa it is joined angularly with the
character following it, except 1 and r; but when it occnrs
at the end of a word, it is joined angularly to the lett.er
which precedes it; when occnrring in the middle of a
word, it is joined angularly to both the letter preceding
and following it.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Scm, scnt, scmp, scft, scth, sed, sel, ser, scrl, scrm,
.l.- 2...-, -2._) ")..-.... <..., d
;, :;t_
scrp, scrch, bs.k:, brsk, bskng, bsks, bskt, csk, csks, dsk,
,.., ..._, ......., .._.:>
dsknt, dsklr, dskrjmnt, frsk, frsks, lsk, msk, mskt, tsk,
-.;r-7 -::f3 .__;:?-- ---.:, P--?--? 6

tsks, takng, whskrs.
?--
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COALESCENTS. 33
3. Sq.-This combination is representad by the same
cbaracter as that which is nsed for so, except that it is
made larger than for se. The combination always in
eludes the u, which follows q, making squ.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Sql, sqls, sqld, sqrm, sqrms, sqmsh, sqd, sqds, sqk,
;;;) d- d- ;;>---, :2.--o 2__...,2.,_..,-:Y-

sqks, sqkd, sqbl.
y-'
4. Sp.-This combination, when initial; is repre
sented by a hook which is written on the npper side of
the following letter and joined to it without an angle.
When the comlination occnrs in the middle or at the end
of a word, it is represented by the same character as is
nsed for so.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Spd, spn, sps, spk, spl, sprn, sprng, spkn, spks,
c._., e__ e___ ,._,,,,- (
spch, sprnz, sprd, crsp, rspr, dspr, prspr, grsp, lsp,
<o
....-:>
e__,. c...,.., , q___:, ;,__;::,
dsps, nspr
..j -?
5. St.-To represent this coaleecent the two ticke are

need.
Bemark.-Whan t, d, or th, follows st, the t is
lenghened to express the t, d following, and is me.de
t
etill longer for a following td, tt, tth.
Dig,tized byGoogle
34 EOLECTIC SHORTHAND.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Stn, stm, st.s, stp, stc, std, stt, stj, stg, strp, stm,
,t.....,;f__,4,' .+?,'/ 4.A,/,,,,,,, ,t_
.A---,,,,,.,---
strf, strc, stl, stls, stng, strng, stmj, strch, strchs .
? A--, /L..-, -1.> "lr'
6. Sph.-This combination has the sound of sf,
therefore a retraced s is used to represent it, the re
tracing sanding for f. This retracing may also be used
!or f or v following any letter which can be easily re
traced.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
Sphn.x, sphr, sphrd, sphrs, sf-v, mv, cv, wv, dv,
_.,...--c...,--/_/_,..
vv, nv, fv, fvr, cvr, wvr, nvr.
/-,---,--,-/_A' --r
7. Sl.-When this combination occurs at the begin
ning of the word it is represented by the straight s, but
when it occurs in the middle or at the end of a word, it
is represented by the straight s and 1 combined. When
initial s1 is followed by t, both the s and 1 are written,
making the combination s1 to prevent its being con
founded with st ; as otherwise slat and stay would be
written alike.
ILLUSTRA.TIONS.
Sin, slndr, slm, slmr, slmp, slng, slg, slp, slk, sir,
.,,...- ..,,..--JI -- _...... ,,,..--, .A/ fi _,,,,-- ,A>
sis, slt, slt.s, sltd, sltm, slsh, slb, slbs, slf, slv.
- 4" AJ -'L:- -4:.,_ ,V ....._ ......--/
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COALESCENTS, 35
8. 8m, sn,.-These combinations are written alike,

the a being lengthened to exprese the following m or n.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
8ml, smr, snl, snr, snth, snp,
--./ ....__.fl --9 ___..........--.__;:>
snt, sng, sns, bsm, ssn,
-__.A.___,-_____,.__.,.
fsn, rsn, lsn, tsn,
CL - <-----'
9. Sw,-This combination is representad by deepen
ing the curve of the horizontal s.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
Swl, swm, swt, swsh, swch, swp, swv, swr, swrm,
....__,{l ..._r- .__p ..._o ..__:J--/ .._J)

swrn, swrs, swrd, swls, swln, swltr, swshs, swshng,
......__:,- LJ" ..__;-'----'!_,, \.-L- V
swchs, swchng, swpr, swps, swpng, swth, swths .
...__<r ...._y '-....J...._;,-, .._,--
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
With what letters does a coalesce? Repeat the com
binations which they make. What character is used for
se, akP How is it joined to other characters? What
character is used for sq P What character is used for ap
and how is it joined to others? What is used for coal
escent stP What is the sound of aphP How is it
..
written? What is used for sl initial; what when final?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
36 ECLEOTIO SHORTHAND,
How is al initial written before tP What modification

of s is used for sn, am P What modification of a for
swP
The following illustrations should be repeatedly read
and written as a review. Every combination contains
one or more sma.U characters, which combined with longer
or larger characters afford excellent exercises for practica}
drill on the difl'erent sizes. They should be written by a
quick, free stroke, the writer striving for excellence in
outline.
BEVIEW ILLUSTRATIONS,
"2- V-- '2__ e:...- 2- A- ..__,;
,z_ ... V-- e__... ----.. ---- 4-"
,,,,,,,-- ,,--,-
5 '---:::>
--:) -V- ---:> ---V ----::, _;:::,
V-- y--..,__ '--...,"b-.,"-' --Y"')
"',6 y y y--,,-L_ 6- y? /1? .--
- - ----- ,,---_/} A/ '4 .,,,--J'
V".,.,,
o../_........o-/......,.,-0
,,.,,,,-- /J-- ----- /),' -- V-- - (>' (.J),
,fJ /,J ,1J" ,?- o- cr' o--- -- 0--- - o.,__ ..__
a_, cr- ,,--

--o -- --,, --o -..9 __, --.P ___, --e---
-
- - '-- ....,,-----------.... - ....__ b ">
---- - __..,.
.,_p.... o .s:, -9----- -.:J-::> --- _,
----o ,..........-0 ........ 'ti ,......-04:1 (,
---, _::/--, ---,.---
,,J- r- .,..t..,;, e'; et, ti dJ
9-- JJ...-'p.---,,..o '?s' 1,---- "lS'? ',o '75
d- d) .:f-....
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
J
CHA.PTER III.
LESSON IX.
PHONOGRAPHY.
l. Phonography is the art of writing by characters
repreeenting sounds, omitting all silent letters. To write
phonetically l8888ns the number of letters used in writing
to such an extent that it is one of the most important
principlee used in ehorthand, and is employed in all
eystems of ehorthand.
2. lt is impoBBible, however, to write all the eounde
heard in epeech as rapidly as they can be uttered. There
is, therefore, no system that providee for writing or re
porting all the sounds heard in worde, but only enough of
them are written to clearly indicate the intended word,
many mere euggeetive outlinee of worde being written;
as famn may clearly represent famine, aumn may
stand for aummon, thot for thought, fremn for
fl-eeman, etc.
3. To determine the letters that may be safely usad to
repreeent any given word, pronounce it distinctly, but
as briefly as may be, and write the lettere heard in
the pronunciation. In pronunciation do not dwell too
much on the vowele in the final eyllablee of a word, as
many euch vowels may safely be omitted. lt ehould be
noted, however, that a final accented vowel or diphthong

rng,1,,edbyGoogle
must be written, as in the words obey, annoy, with

out.
4. The letter th has two sounds; as, in think and
thine, but the shorthand student will :find it practical to
represent both these sounds by one character.
5. In accordance with the alphabet by the Spelling
Reform Association the c eharacter is used for all letters
having the sound of k; i.e., for k, hard c, ck and hard
ch, as in kill, come, cord, back, character, chord,
Ohr1st.
6. When it is necessary to distinguish e from k as in
initials, place a dot under the character to make it an
alphabetic k, as in the name C. K. Jones, in which the
dot is placed under the second character, or in the name
K. K. Adame, in which a dot is placed under each
initial.
1
7. For the soft e as in face, cease, trace, juice,
and lucid, write s; writing fas, ses, tras, jus, lusd.
8. The letter g has two sounds; viz., its pure Anglo
Saxon sound called hard g, as in get, give, gone, big,
sag, and its soft sound, as in gem, genius, lounge.
When g beginning a word has the hrd sound write the
g character, when it is soft write j; when soft g occurs
in the middle or at the end of a word. use j or the angu- .
larly joincd g, whichever is the easiest to write, as de
scribed in the previous chapter, Lesson IV.
9. The characters q and x, while not strictly phon
etic, are valuable phonetic expressions of the compound
sounds which they represent; viz., kw a.nd ks. The
letter q being alwa.ys followed by u, the u roa.y be
omitted and the q be used to represent the compound qu.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PHONOOBAPHY. 39
10. When two vowele repreeent one sonnd, as in aid,

each, either, use only the vowel which is heard in pro
nunciation, writing theee worde ad, ech, ethr. 'l'he
proper diphthonge are representad by the vowel charac
tere made heavy. In common orthography each vowel
eound is variouely representad, but in ehorthand only one
repreeentation of each vowel is ueed; thue u only is ueed
for the severa! eounde of u.
11. The s and z in common orthography are so
interchangeably ueed that the writer need not be very
particular to dietinguish them, and the etraight s makee
a very practica! repreeentative of either s or z.
12. As each of the consonante b, d, f, h, j, 1, m,
n, p, r, s, t, v, w, y, and z has but a single eonnd,
no inetructions concerning them are neceseary.
13. The following list of words with their phonetic
epelling so thoroughly illuetrates the phonetic method
that the average etudent W'ill, by etudy of it, acquire a
practica! idea of ita method of abbreviation.
LIST OF WORDS SPELLED ORTIIOORAPHIOA.LLY A.ND
PIIONETICA.LLY.
Canaan, Cann either, ethr buy, by
Aaron, Arn neither, nethr beau, bo
aid, ad feoff, fef beauty, buty
ail, al neuter, nutr gorgeous, gorjs
aim, am pewter, putr eye, i
mail, mal juice, jus lieu, lu
san, sa1 Jews, Juz religious, reljs
gaol, jal fl.eld, feld ear, er
may, ma yield, yeld east, est
say, sa oats, ots though, tho
gay, ga Croisus, Cress boat, bot
each, ech soul, sol coat, cot

Dig,tized byGoogle
eat, et persuade, perswd cough, cof

aee, se Iowa, loa view, vu
thee, the aiirial, aerl through, thru
three, thre curious, curys enough, enf
who, hu gem, jem gentle, jentl
QUESTIONS FOR REVIEW.

What is phonography? What abbreviation in spelling
is necessary in shorthand? W_!i.y is it necessary? How
can you determine the sounds necessary to use in repre
senting a word? What can you say of th.P What of the
letters e and kP How is the soft e represented? What
of the letters g and j P When two vowels represent one
sound how do you write them? What use is made of the
straight aP How many sounds ea.ch do most of the con
sonants represent? What consonants ha.ve more than one
sound? How is e rendered phonetic? How is g ren
dered phonetic? What compound does q represent?
What two letters does x represent? Why is it unneces
sary in shorthand to write u when it follows qP How is
k distinguished from cP In what cases is it necessary
to use the dot? Why is it generally unnecessary to dis
tinguish k from e in writing?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPrER IV.
EXPEDIENTS OF ABBREVIATION.
LESSON X.
1. Tite Positwn-alphabet.-You have learned
a distinct single character for each letter of the alphabet;
how to combine the characters, and how to expresa all the
coalescents of the language.
2. You have now to learn how to expresa each letter
of the alphabet by position; that is, by a definite position
with reference to the horizontal line of writing.
3. Most words begin with a consonant or coalescents
followed by a vowel; as, make, stand; others begin
with a vowel or diphthong followed by a coneonant; as,
ask, out; while a few begin with two vowels followed
by a coneonant; as, aerial, iota.
4. The ftrt characler of every 10orci is
written in one of the following positione:
l. Above the line. 2. On the line. 3. Across the
line. 4. Just below the line. 5. Farther below the
line.
Thne we have five positions with reference to the line
on which we are writing. The following arrangement of
numerals will illustrate the positions:
1
-3-
4
5
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
RULE 1,
5. Vowel-positions.-Initial conso
nants are written in the
1st position for a following a, au, aw
2d " " " .
e. ' eu ' ew
-3d---"---"---"---I, y, 01, oy-
4th " " " o, ou, ow
5th " " " u, oo, OO.
Thus, b in the 1st position is-ba or baw; in the 2d-
be or bew; in the 3d-bi or by or hoy; in the 4th-bo or
bow; in the 5th-bu or boo.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
-
- ----=--==-----==--==--=---
nigh, no
Na.y gna.w, knee know now, nu noo,
new,
may maw, me mew, my, mo mow, moo mu, ta, te
---- /
tea,
/
tie,

to
;
toe, too, fa,
;
-------
fee few, fie, foe, fu,
--
foo, say
saw, see, sigh, 80 sow sew, sue, hay haw, he hew,

o o o
c.::::_:.---._____, -
high, ho hoe how, hue who, ray raw, re, rye wry,
o
row roe, rue, lay law la, lee lieu, lie lyc, lo low, loo,
t:1 ? ? ? ?
, v ? tl tl
Digitized by Google
VOWEL-POSITIONS, 43
pa pay paw, pea pew, pie, poh, pooh, gay, g uy, go,
,,, "
....,
shay pshaw, she, shy, show, shoo shoe, chose, chew,
-9 -9 b
>() '8'
.J) -9 .9
chin, chose, whey, why who, they, thee the, thy, tho
-
e,/
e>= ';,' o ol
though, throngh, three threw, day, dew, die, do,due,l
:.._:::, __ _
_________;-=__::.----.
a
,.._ _ __--..=--"'
bh bay bey, be, by buy, bo bow, boo, xal, xert, xil,
-,.
--
......... .......... ......... -....,, -,., ,
xult, yaw, ye yew, you, za, zeal, zone, caw, key, cue,
'- \
kill coil, co cow, coo, way, we, wi, woe, woo, view,
,e __./ _ / :
7 7 7
?""" .,,..- __:::> _.,/' _/
vie, vote, vow, vu, vail vale veil, vea), vile, vowel.
--_.,..-,::> 7 .e'
_;;.o
LESSON XI.
VOWEL SOUNDS,
l. The :five vowel characters in the shorthand alphabet
represent all the sounds of the vowels. Each vowel
character, therefore, representa both a long and a short
vowel. Each position, aleo, as already shown, representa
the long and the short vowel sound, and a diphthong.
Digitized by Google
2. It is sometimes desirable to indicate precisely which

sound of the vowel is expressed in writing a consonant on
position. To do this, a dot, or horizontal dash, is placed
over the character written on position to indicate the long
vowel, an oblique dash above for the Italian a, a dot under
the character for the diphthong sound, and the character
unmarked indicates the short vowel sound. It is neces
sary to use a dash or two dote under e to mark a fol
lowing diphthong, that it may not be confounded with
the k dot. The dot and dash thus employed are termed
diacritical marks.
3. If you write 11. on the first position, it expreBBes
the words fail, fall; in order to distinguish these, the
dot is placed over it for fail, the dot is placed under it
for fall.
If you write 11. on the third position, it expresses
fl1l, file, or foil; to distinguish these words the dot is
placed over :fl to give it the long sound, making the
word file; unmarked, it is :flll; and a dot under it
makes foil.
4. The following illustrations will fully enable you to
understa.nd the sounds:
VOWEL SOUNDS ILLUSTRATED.
VOWEL, SHORT SOUND, LONG SOUND, DIPHTHONG.
( a at sat ale may they awl maul paw

/ i it pin ice tie by oil voice boy
/ o on not own vote no out sound now
\.... e end met elate seat free ewe neuter !ew
'\ u up but use mule sue ooze took coo
5. If you pronounce each word in the above table,

dwelling on the sound indica.ted by the black letter, or
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
VOWEL-POSITIONS, 45
letters, you will learn to distinguish the dference

between the sonnds of each vowel.
6. The words in the table show that the short
vowel sounds do not end syllables, but, that a vowel
ending a syllable, unless it be silent, represente a long
sound or a diphthong. Remembering thie you will
readily be able to pronounce worde of one eyllable end
ing with a vowel, when written on position, giving
the vowel not the short, bnt the long, or the diph
thong sound; thue, s on 1st position is not aa, but
say or saw; on 2d position it is see or sew; on 3d
position it is sigh; on 4th position it is so or aow.
7. The ehort vowel alwaye takes a consonant after
it; as, in at, glad, let, aend, it, this, on, not, up,
luck.
8. It is seldom nooessary to use the diacritical dote,
except in sorne proper names; but that you may become
familiar with them, read and copy the following illus
tratione. Be careful to write words uf the 2d and 4th.
positions close to the line, and worde in the 1st and 5th
pointe but little further from it.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Flay, .f!.aw, fail, fall, fa, fat, fa.te, mate, mat,
"' P. ..-'= --,. __..:_, -.. ---,
meet, meat, met, knee, knew, fee, few, flll, file,

--, --?
= ..--.-... > ...
.
foil, foal, foul, full, fool, gone, gown, bit, bite,
> - ;::::=<5 -.--=>
-.-. e,,-- V--
:::.
"'> :::,,<;;
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
boys, buys, by, boy, cap, cape, draw, dray, pay,

/' ...:..... /2
,.,
mw,
.,.,
pa, neigh, nap, gnaw, sit, sight, sill, soil, sun,
-
- __,
aoon, sup, soop, take, tack, talk, bake, back, balk,

,,,;-- ?-----
-
---:- ..__;> --,....::,
lane, lawn, lean, lent, hile, bill, bol, far, fair, fare,
,.,:_ -,.. ---., -""?>
"5 ....,IS
puper, pauper, three, threw, don, down, not, note, knot,
no know, now, mad,

- -.- --
made, Maud, sell, seal, Sewell,
-...,_:, -
copee, copes, Saul, sale, sail, cat, caught.

__. _,,.-.-,
.,,..--,.. ,,...---,-
9. Carefully write the following easy lesson, review
it to correct any errors you may ha.ve made and then eub
mit it for your teacher's criticisms:
WRITING LESSON.
Se me rit this. Will you try to red this? Let me her yu red.
Yes, yu red wel. So duz yur brutbr Jon. How few can red wel.
I ma tak them with me. Giv me tim to do this wel, wil yu not?
Let me se yn try to rit my nam. The da wil soon be gon. The nit
wil soon be her. I wish yu wud not do so, why wil yu not stop?
Do yu not fel lik going to-da? Why wHyu not sta til nit? Giv
them to me. Se this brit hoy, how cool he looks. Sho me how to
do this. Wher do yu liv? Wil yur dog bit? My fathr was too
sic to go t.o mil this cold da. How soon ma we se yu with yur boy?
Dig1tized byGoogle
REVIEW, 47
This wil do yu no good. So we must giv them to yu, must we? Set
the lamp by this book. Wil yu giv me tim to do this work wel?
Tak this nif to cut that string. Did yu by this book for me? Wil
the ftr burn? Run, hoy, run for yur lif. Se how fast he duz run.
Wil yu not lev them for me, tha look lik mio? Do yu not think tha
may be min? How fin tha look.. He must not let the thre dogs go.
D<>'k& wil bit bad hoys, 80 yu must be good. Can yu pa your note
now? No, not now. I say I saw the se. I sed I will seal thls
hook, not sell it. Has he sen you ? No, he has not sen me, but he
has sen my fathr. Se the whit sno fal. Get yur sled; let's hav sum
fun. The sno duz not pac wel for ha.Is. Wintr wil soon be her.
Spring wil cum latr. Did tha go hom to-da? No, but tha went hom
last nit. Wil he be her then? No, he can not get her by that tim.
Plez hand me that new book. Thaok him for me, wil you not.
Send that hoy to bis mothr. Se how fast yu can rit this. Do not
rit to fast; yu will oot mak the words wel. Mac them with grat
car. Can yu now red what yu hav ritn? Be carft to mac yur .
carctrs the rit lenth. Yur words when rito rit wil look qit wel.
When yu mac the words wel tha wil be plan to red. Now red what
yu hav rito with 80 much car.
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What is Rule 1? What eounde has each poeition? For

what purpoee are the diacritical marks employed? What
indicatee the short sound? What indicatee the long
sound? What mark indicatee the diphthong sound?
What care must be taken in indicating a diphthong after
e? What sounds has a? What sounds has e? What
sounde has o? What eounds has i? What sounds has u?
Do ehort vowels end eyllablee? What can you say of a
syllable ending with a vowel? What always followe a
short vowel? What advantage can you derive from the
above considerations in reing shorthand? Can you
clearly dietinguieh the different sounde of each vowel?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle.
"1
48 ECLECTIO SHORTHAND.
.
LESSON XII.
RULE 2.
1. Consonant - positions. - Initial

vowels are written nearly perpendicularly
down wards in the
1st position for a following p or b
2d " " '' s or z
-3d---"---"---"----m or n-
4th " " " f or v
-th
0 " " " e, k or g.
Thus, a written downward in the 1st position expresses
ap or ab; in the 2d as or az; in the 3d amor an; in
the 4th af or av; in the 5th ac, ak or ag.
2. Bemark.-The sound of qu is kw, therefore a
on the 5th position for ac, ak, with a w attached to it
expresses acw, akw, aqu; e. g., acqualnted is written
by placing a on the e position and adding wntd. To
write equal, place e on e position and add to it wl, or
the w may in this word be omitted, writing ecl.
3. Bemark.-The sound of x is ks, therefore to
write ax, place a on 5th position for ac and add to it s,
making aes, or ax; for ox write o on 5th position for
ok and add a, thus making oks or ox.
4. Bemark.-A thorough mastery of these conso
nant positions is absolutely indispensable. It may seem
to the beginner and to the casual observar that to repre
sent both consonants and vowels by the same position
would be confusing in practica. This, however, is not the
case in any degree, because a consonant written on
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CONSONANT-POSITIONS. 49
position a.lways ta.kes the position-vowel a.fter it, a.nd
a vowel written on the positiona.lways ta.kes the posi
tion-consonant a.fter it. Write the following illustra.
tive words, being ca.reful to place words of the second a.nd
fourth positions close to the line.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Ap, apt, apl, aprt, appear (apr), apls, as, ask, astr,
/ / ::-{_
an, o.m, ant, ankr, o.mn, aftr, a.vr, a.fr, avrt, ac, ago,
f l t:
) :... 1 ( I I t:,'
o.gu, agn, ax, axs, opn, on, omn, ov, ovr, ofr, ok,
L
L t ?.-
7
/
L 7 7 7
(_ I
oks, oksn, okr, is, in, if, ic, ease (es), evr, and, eg,
(
e
I
, J- / J J /
\..
egs, equal (ekwl or ekl), up, upr,
"' )
us,
')
uses (uss), une!,
\, /
\....
hope, hopes, hose, hom, hov, happy (omit y), has, hav,
/ I / ' I
7
I (
1
ham, hag, hak, hip, bis, him, hiv, higl, hep, heps,
..:- I )
L. I
J
1
/
J
"'\ \ (
hes, hem, hev, hec, hoop (hup), hus, hum, huv, hug,
\ 1'-
hugs, hery, hamer,
\. \.

hemr.
)
) '
\ \o

.
' rng,1,,edbyGoogle
50 ECLECTIC SHORTH.A.ND.
LESSON XIII.
RULE 3.
l. Consonant-positions contin
ued.-Initial vowels a, i and o are written
very slant upwards, and e and u very slant
downwards, in the
1st position to indicate a following w
2d " " ,, l
-3d---"-----" ---''--r-
,, " " t, d or th
4th
5th ,, " " ch, j or h.
Thus, a written slant upwards in the 2d position is
al, ale or aJ.l; in the 3d position ar, are, air, heir;
in the 4th position at, ad, add; in the 5th position
ah, aj-age.
2. Bemark.-It will help the student in pronoun
cing words written by a vowel on position, to remember
that the vowel beginning a syllable of two letters is
always short.
ILLUSTR.A.TIONS.
Aw, awa, awr, awk, awrd, al, ala, als, aln, alm,
,,,- /0 ,,---e .c=c=
ale, aldr, al v, alo, ar, ara, ars, ardr, aro, ari, area,
/'"/<:e'.' ,e= ,C::::4:vc

ard, arsn, argu, at, ad, ads, ado, ad!, adr, adrs, aj,
. ,c:::;.c::---::;-6:':\ 7' 7' 7'""' ;---

;z:> /"' /"
ajs, ah, ahd, ahm, ajnt, aba, il, ilns, ils, ir, lrlnd,
_ L": L / a..-:---,
Digit,zed by Google
CONSONA.NT-POSITI0N8. 51
Irsh, irdm, it, its, itm, ich, ichs, old, oldr, oldn, ordr,
.7
o
;;>
...7 :/ 7
.../ /
ordrs, ot, od, oth, othr, othrs, oh, eb, ebs, ebd, el,
>,,,,...._p,-
7 .7 7 7"
,>(
;;:a' .,.,,,...
\. '- '-
els, Ella, elk, elm, eldr, elf, er, era, ern, erst, ermn,
<.:.<1 q e;.::_:::_
erth, error (err), ers, errs, erl, et, ev, et.s, evs, eg, egs,
'-......:;= ''-....O .........., '-.:.:.v '<es ---= '- '---" e
\ \...
.
ej, ejs, eh, ech, us, .ul, ulna, urn, urth, Ural, urgnt,
) > -
""-,L ....,'-- .....,,,.,.,27
,
\.... '-" '- '-
-....
utr, mir,
' ' "' uthr, uthrs, uh.
3. Bemark.-Sometimes a character or characters

written on position expresa more than one word; as, o
upward on 4th position writes oat, odd, oath; o
downward on 4th position writes of, off'; a upward on
4th position writes at, add; a written downward on Sd
position is a, an, am, ahn; a written upward on Sd
position is are, air, heir. Although severa! vowels
may thus be represented 'by the same sign, and more
than one word written, the context will generally help
the reader to determine, with little or no trouble, the
intended word, as the following illustrations will show.
Take the first one: It is very odd; it would not be rea.d,
It is very oat, nor, It is very oath, although the words
odd, oat, oath are written alike. A few words in the
following exercise are not written as briefly as they will
be finally, when more rules have been given.
Digitized byGoogle
ILLUSTRATIONS.
It is very odd. I would not give a.n oat for it. Stand up a.nd
J ,""'-
./ ,._,,/'"-' - ?
--, -.,7. "'-:- "'\ ::::
take the oath. When will you come over P 'I roa.de him a.n offer.
Y--. ...-. p n , J r,
7 ;;, '--,,,-- 7 7
Wha.t a.re you at P I ate a.n a.pple. How much a.m I to add to
9" c: ,. c P .. O
, '-,,,-- 7' --o ( ' I 7" 7
it? In an hour. Ina minute. I am sure . .A.m I sure? Wha.t
7 ",' (---. <r;/( ry

/ d
r
/
9
el
is your aun P Her name is Ann. We are here. The air is cold.
)...,,' /
I
& o-/',
r ,./,....-"
; .,...
7
Let us ha.ve sorne freshair. Give him an apple. I a.m notable
f '\ <::::t> c., ,_ J (e P .. e
i--?
tf ..
( ..__- 7
.
for I have no a.pple. Give each one. Do not go nea.r the edge.
' tf ; :::::,, lt
5. The following are all the words which the vowels

make when written on the five positions without addi
tional letters: Ape, ab, as, an, am, a, aim, ache, awe, all,
a;le, ail, are, air, heir, at, add, a.ge (aj), ah, is, in, if, ill,
ire, it, itch, owes, on, own, off, of, oak, or, oar, ore, odd,
oat, oath, oh, ebb, ease, eve, eg, ell, eel, ear, ere, eat,
edge, each, eh, up, us, use, your (ur), ul (you will), uv
(you have). These words are written as follows. Write
them many times; they are an excellent exercise in writ
ing the vowels on position. Be careful to write words on
tbe 2d and 4th positions close to the line.
Dig1tized byGoogle ')

\'
CONSONANT-POSITIONS, 53
ILLUSTRATIONB,
I ( ( r,
/ / 11
/ / ,,- e C/" e
7
.....
, ,
=77 ,,,- ,,,-
II
,
_< /,t., .,,.,,,, 1..c_
/ ..,. :;;, ./ 17711,
,,
, 7 7 77' e ('-
'
,,,,,,
\ '\) ,-,
LESSON XIV.
COMPLETE POSITION-ALPHABET.
l. The following table shows the entire position

alphabet, both vowels and consonante, the use of which
the student must not only understand, but must practica
until he can place any vowel in position to express any
consonant and any consonant in position to express
any vowel, without hesitancy or error. To acquire this
proficiency write the following letters as here arranged
many times over:
1 a au aw p b w
2 e eu ew s z sh 1
--3--i oi oy---m n----.r---
4 O O OW f V t d th
u ou ow e k g qu x ch
2. Write the two following exercises, and submit to
your teacher for correction. When you can write them
correctly, repeat them until very familiar with them.
WRITING EXERCIBE.
Ha, me, my, mo, mu, sa., ae, si; so, su, da, de, di, do, du, fu,
pe, wa, wo, we, wu, wi, ba, be, bo, bu, bi, le., li, In, le, lo, tho,
the, thy, thu, tbe., ve., vu, vi, ve, vo, ca, cu, ci, co, ce, ya, ye, yo,
Digit,zed by Google
ECLECTIC SHORTHAND.
yu, yi, hu, ho, hi, he, ha, ja, jo, je, ji, ju, she, sho, shi, sha,
shu, cha, che, chi, cho, chu, ra, re, ri, ro, m, ab, ap, as, az, an,
am, af, av, ac, ag, acw, aes,. op, ob, os, oz, om, o, of, ov, oc, og,
ocw, ocs, aw, al, ar, at, ad, adh, ach, aj, ah, oh, ow, ol, or, ot, od,
oth, och, oj, oh, ip, ib, is, iz, im, in, if, iv, ic, ig, icw, ics, il, ir, it,
id, ith, ich, ij, ih, ep, eb, es, ez, em, en, ef, ev, el, eg, ecw, ecs, ew,
el, er, et, ed, eth, ech, ej, eh, up, ub, us, uz, um, un, uf, uv, uc, ug,
ul, ur, ut, ud, uth, uch, uj, uh.
WRITING EXERCISE.
Is it not odd? It is very odd. If it is all up it is time to

open it. Do you ask if we are all on time? There are a few of
them on hand yet. I do not own one oC them. Are you not
afraid? Will all of you go away (awa)? Are you all aware (awr)
of ita force (fors)? What is its age? Ah, indeed l does its tooth
ache (ac)? Go aheacl (ahd) I am after you. I saw it on the edge
(ej) of an open tank. Did you only see it, or did each of you see it?
Each one of us both saw it and felt it. Every one of us were there.
If it is ever over. I now aver it is a great farce. lt is equal to one
or more of them. Is it asleep or awake? Will it eat (et) an egg
(eg)? Are you often there? Is there no one equal to it? It is all
eaten up. I am aware of it, and it ought to be open. It is very
odd (od) if it is tme. Is it now time to feed it its oats?
LESSON XV.
RULE(.
Writing diphthongs on posi

l.
tion.-To write words beginning with a
diphthong, place the diphthong in the position
of the consonant after it.
2. Bemark.-The diphthongs are always written
downward beca.use they are heavy characters; they, how
ever, begin few words which soon become legible from
familiarity with them.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
DIPHTHONGS ON POSITION.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Autm. awfl, aught, ought, auction, * aubrn, audt,
6-
L l-..:. 7 7 ../ 1
t t-
awkrd, aura, austere,
--
augmnt, augr, augst, ausps,
o(
L--. (
authntc, authr, autcrt, autmtc, autpsy,t autmnl, auxlry,t
L;? ( z_;;.. t; L-o

out, ouns, our, ours, oursl, oust, out, outr, outst,
)
outlt, . outgo, outsl, outwrk, outdr, outdo, outcrp, outft,
v
outlaw, outla,
"-.P'-7"
outln, outlp, outlv, outlc,
'"
outcri, outrj,
,e .,,,- ,... 9
outrch, outrt, outrn, outshn, outwt, outro, outing, oil,
/
L T, ?, ,
oilng, oils, oild, oilns, 1 oint, oin ointing, ointmnt, ewe,
.1 t
7
ews, ewer, ewry, oolit, ooz, oozs, oozing, oozd, oozy.
\ .. .. /2,/ ./ '< (
3. Bemark.-You will notice that in ali the fore

going illustrations of position-writing the characters
written on the 2d and 4th positions are placed on the
See tlon tick, Remark, Lesson XXII. f See lng, Lesson XIX (k).
tSee sy, Lesson XXIV. 1 See ns, Lesson XIX.
t See minute y, Lesson XIX (h).
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
56 ECLECTIC SHOBTHAND.
line, and that thoae on the 1st and 5th positions are only
a little farther away from the line. This is important.
You will be inclinad to write too far above and below the
line, while it is evident that if you place words on the 2d
and 4th positions close to the line, those which are writ
ten on the 1st and 5th positions need not be far from it.
4. .Remark.-The few words beginning with two
vowels, both of W?ich have a distinct sound in pronunci
ation; as, iota, Iowa, are begun by placing a dot on the
position of thc first vowel and attaching to it the second
vowel character, thus expressing both vowels.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
Aerial, iota, Iowa, aerolite, aorta, iambus, oasis.
<-./ ,-cr::-.L
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What is Rule 2? What is Rule 3? What vowels
may be written both upwards and downwards? What are
the two ways of writing e and u P What consonante are
expreBBed on each position by writing a, i, o downwards
and e and u nearly perpendicular? What consonante
are expreaaed by writing a, i, o upwards and e and u
very slanting? Copy the entire poaition alphabet, both
vowela and consonante, until you are thoroughly familiar
with them. How are the diphthong characters written
on poaition? In case a character placed on poaition
expresses more than one word, how are the words ex
preaaed by it determinad? Are you perfect in the prac
tical use of the poaition-alphabet?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
J
COALESCENTS ON POSITION. 57
LESSON XVI.
RULE 5.
l.Writing Ooalescents on Posi
tion.-Write all characters representing co
alescent consonants on position to express a
following vowel; thus the character for coales..
cent sp is written on the 3d position for spy,
the minute p on the 1st position for play,
straight s on 6th position for slow.
Bemark.-In the following illustrations, each short
ha.nd equivalent being followed by its word, the ruling is
omitted, but each word is written with reference to posi
tion ; and to help you to determine the position on which
it is written, the position letter of each word is in full
faced type; thus, in the word bray of the following
illustrations the shaded b for br must be written on the
a position ; in order to indicate this, the letter a is full
faced type; in bar, b must be written on the a position,
and a is full-faced. You will therefore write ali words
on the position indicated by the full-fa.ced letter in -them.
2. ILLUSTRA.TIONS OP COA.LESCENT r. (See p. 29.)
..._ Bray ----, bring brook
bar boring burst

break ..._......- brick --- bruin
bark bird
burn
___....-, breve "-6 bores crops
bereavc ._ brows ,,,--n-- corpse
broke - brews crape
beard burrs ,,-in carp
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
--
crow /)" praise ....--zr- thom
-
core parse through
cruise /} p ry thorough
curse '1J pyre thrum
dray /),') prop -ir-- Thursday
-9 dare /J pour JL..., shred
-..s> dear /J prue ..0--- shears
--" drear /J pure p shrew
_si.__.,
droll
doors """
'2.-
I
prune
purse
,,lo
c.
shear
spray
---
_,_;J droop tray ( spar
---.9.
during 6 tar (. spry
fray V trace (o spire
-
----0 far {f' tars (. spree
-trame tree spear
.,.,,..
(o
6
-
l> farm tear scrapes
free y trees scars
--o fear (f tears :> screw
..-.:,
fry
fire
from
I
6
t ry
tire
tries
.,,
score
stray
star
Ir -6
o form (:r tires .,y str&y!!
--, fruit L- tried -fr" stars
--,,......, furred 6---- tirad ,.., strew
t-
(/ gray '-- train -6 stir
cJ1 gar turn -Y) strap
-
u grew truck -t,--, starred
(.9.._-,, geared turk stride
u grow three ----- sUrred
UJ gore -<> there -{__.., strode
___,
--
(./] grip thrift stored
<Y- gird -7f'1 thirst y-- stroke
/'} pray throw -rr-- stork
-
/) par ........::, thrill "--:, strung
3. ILLUSTRATIONS 01.i' COALESCENT l. (See p. 30.)
Blow bless block
bowl bells bulk
..... blaze _,, bliss "'- bleed
halls '-E::, bilis build
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-
-
COALESCENTS ON POSITION. 59
e clay diddle
flesh
,,-
call daddle flush
e--- class cuddle rflares
'>-=
calls _/' waddle I) floor
-
ciad P--" fled D-- Jl.oors
%
called
,___,
fleld flurry
?--
e---
cloyed
killed
clod
fold
flood
flayed
fleck
flicker
flock
cold failed Jl.uke
/
e-?
clue
cull
clang ,
,--llame
fallen
llat

flavor
frolic
folk
e> clip
e-- cliff '
fault
fl.eet
t?'--........ flax
flux
caliph
e-- clean ,
.-e:::::> felt
---= filled
flit
v
U7
"
glee
gill
-
e-- clime
e--:, cling , fl.oat u:,
glow
goal
e--:,
e-
clung
clear ,
fold
flute
"
d'
glue
gull
a...-
clash ,....-e::=, fulle<l glues
?:: clock
click
'7
n tlip
flap gulls
d.- gulled
clack n flop V-- glued
calash l/ flag e gold
cluck l/ fl.og V-- glowed
clever fl.agon V-- glyph
cleave O" flags !-- gulf
clove .....-6,. falls d!...,,. guild
clover -files glebe
V"--'
e-._ club .......-,.,. fills glide
e-"' clatter .__Jloss glib
-
e- clete fowls globe
e- clot ,,___flues glen
e- clutter
V--
--E:,. fulls UL- gallon
-
c--1 cluster ,---tloom glove
...---'.::::.film V--,, glimmer
.......,
saddle
micldle o flash bugle
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
""--:.beagle "Y plus -..e__ solemn

---, mangle ?' pulls ,-.- slum
- single plaid ,,..__ sluice
..__, tingle '?"- pallid -O slash
__, tangle plead .-0 slush
.., play "?-- pealed /) sleep
pail plod /} slip
., plea 1J- polled /J slope
peel .,,. slay sloop
1J /)
., pl7 sail
,,,...__ slays
,f' slat
"P pile ,f' slit
,y place -..:=z-sails <J]Ot
--
'? pails .,,...__,, sled slut
,y please -..e..,..,. sealed /(/ slag
--
peals .-c.,
1)'
plies soile<l
slide
.,,, slug
pills slim .,,, slily

slowly
4. ILLUSTRATIONS OF COALESCENT S. (See p. 32.)
...._,
-----
e Spy seton scrat.ch
i,.,
--
sip sng slay
--- . sails
.....__;:,
spay sitting
----
c. sail
sap stung slays
c. spew suiting
<2
...__::, sup J sky slice
spies ---, sick .,.sills
--
e:__...., ....., E':
-
-.._:j sips skew sluioe
<-- space ---::, suck
"'2 Jsullies
,,,
...__f
saps i.__ skin sled
-
stay ---i- sicken -.::z.-. sealed
sat i__ sean ,., slew
-
"1 sty --:, sacking sell
sit 2--- scum seal
,.,
--
-, stow ---;> sucking slow
sot :i__ scud soul
stew --=L-SUcked slick
suit acreed -._;;- silk
stain o--' sacred slack
'l
_,,,,,,-
satan >? scrape silica
,t__ steam screech sleek
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
l
COALESCENTS ON POSITION, 61

-
aulk smell --:, snug
/) slap snail _...---,sung

-
_,/) sleep smile _______... anide
./} slip __,_ simile sinned
smears
--- ---
/) slop ---snowed
-
/7 slope 'seems sunned
/1 sloop IJlOW --1 stay
slag son sat ....
--
slug ___:, snap 4 aty
,,.---
sleeve ,1 samp sight
---
slave -__t) sneer -t,, stews
slim _......_ scenery suits
_,,,,
,---
slum -.-P snore stoop
-o slush ______,,.summer ,,,,,-- stake
slash __,,,., sni1lle still
--r
-O
sphere ---- sinful slghtless
-<._-spheres ___.-? snag
______, sang
-, steal
-t
-
small stiff.e
5. ILLUSTRATIONS OF COALESCENT W. (See p. 31.)

.._p Dwell thwart swaps
dowell
dwelling
thwarted
....__r-swim
.__..., swag
swears
-....JI,-- dwarf ..__r-- swam swom
dwarfs ...__j'-" swayed swed?
..__,_-
twice .._g switch swaymg
......__,, -
-
twit sweet swearing
tweak '-...:J sweep swallow
tweed swig '---'2-,.,/swells
between --/.7 swell '-...9 swash
twitch swail ...._p swish
twitter -...._fL- swollen -._.J) switch
twaddle ....__;J swap ..._f sways
thwack ,__,,-, swift -.........F' swath
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
How is r coa.lescent distinguished from r uncoales
cent? How is l coa.lescent distinguished from l uncoal
escent? How is coa.lescent w represented? Wha.t letters
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
coalesce with r P Wha.t letters coa.lesce with l P What

letters coa.wsce with w P Wha.t letters coa.lesce with s P
Wha.t is the difference between the sign for so and sq P
How a.re sl initia.l a.lid sl final expresaed? How is the
word slowly written? How is sl written befora t P
How is sph represented? Wha.t is retra.cing used for?
LESSON XVII.
RULE 6.
l. Lengthening of Characters.
(a) Write the long characters and p, g, and
1 longer to express a following m or n.
(b) Write the same characters still longer to
express a following mm, mn, nm, or DD.
2. Remark.-Do not wi<len the lengthened p, g,
lest tltey be confounded with the enla.rged chara.cters
which a.re employed to a.dd t, d. The l is lengthened
to a.dd m, n, by dra.wing it in a.n extended curve a.cross
the letter to which it is a.ttached, the size of the loop is
ej
not cha.nged to add m, n, but it is lengthened to a.dd t,
d. (See Rule 7.)
ILLUSTRATIONS. \.. J//- -
Man ___,seine(a) - sun
mam ___.. seen -.- soon
men - scene _ fan
mine _ seem ---fame
moan ____.. sin - fane
moon -- sine - feign (a)
mum -sign ---fine
sane -son ---fin
-same -sorne ---. foam
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ENLARGING SURFACE CHARACTERS. 63
_fun ____. mind 4 pain

_fume _,.,,-wind "1 pen
can _..._sound // pine
cane _.-send ,1___.penman

sent
U
e
pump
:: --- cent /]
priuce
come L.__-insane (/ gain

/ ,,,. cone unkind {/ game
wane \.__-. unsound ti grain
:: "----,. ensign V green

invent ground
t
_........,./wine V::-taken ty engine
--- won __,.... thicken engineer

,__
'-....._Ymanner ._,,,,
,..--
....._,,..,
blacken imagine
,,,....-beacon fallen
----o
--.-. meaner -...../- become ,,-:::, column
__:;,sinner ;:-,-- reckon -r' solemn
--._p S1mmer reason sullen
raisin _...... melon
--.Psummer
Q..._.-/rosin -'e::> million
...----: camp
winner refrain vellum
went
want
__,,,,-wend
raven
Roman
a remain
'j
'()_ premonish
premonition
, premonitory
w?und revamp gammon
__..,,, . WlilS e) remind '1/,, pennon
,...--: can't sound rmanent
count demand ',:t..._ prominent
--, meant -demean v-uncommon
RULE 7.
3. Enlarging Surface Charac

ters.-(a) Enlarge a surface character to
express a following t, d, or th. (b) Make it
still larger to add tt, td, dd, dt, or tth. T
or d is added to st by lengthening the t. The
letter t final is lengthened for tt, td.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ILLUSTRATIONS.
(a)
"7 Pat o heat o.-- retrieve
/} pad o heath 9 retreat
path o hit Q__ retrace
o
/}
'7 pet hide retract
retrench
"? pedal o bid
'1 pit o hod shad
/} pied o hot shade
o J)
:8
'7 pot but shed-
// pod o boot sheet
/J put Q_,, rat.s shied
/} pudding Q__ rates 9 shot
u gate Q___,, rot.9 J) shod
v gad rods .f) shut
v gath Q___, roads J) sbould
v
u
v
get
guide
God
yJ)
rut.9
short
shearctl
lt__.
<t.__
Q..-
railed
rolled
ruled
{./ got f) shared 'b chat
o
g,
{./ good hard cheat
u gut (9 hardcr what
cheered o haartl o' wheat
b
9
chart o herd CI white
o' _ who'd
()
o!eJ
shirt hired
(/ great o board whicb
v
u
grade
guard
gaiter
i hurt
late
tf,:::::r-.. lath
f

state
stayed
stead
(.J) gather J let 1 stewed
(.J greater J light 1 stowed
v greet t5l lot 1 stood
U ()
0
greed lute stud
u gird () lad prate
tl""'-- led
o
girth ,") part
o J lied
had /) pared
hat tlc:::s...--' load /;} patter
tl loth prater
o
bate //}
bath Q_ retain peered
head retake /} pitter
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
SHORTENING SHORT CHARACTERS. 65
/J port .....:::> adapt impart

-.::> adopt import
g_
r) poured
port.er impute together
/;)
'9 putter impaired gathered
tr
(b)
rr
o Hated /) pitied notched
o bateth () chatted churched
o heated chatteth whited
o () cheated stated
ou
hearted
hoarded
() cheateth studied
guided
e) chided strutted
u guideth sheeted marred
u greeted shouted
u
-u--married
u greeteth shouteth
u goaded
u u
]
guarded shrouded gutted
C/ regarded wished grated
::B zj1
regardeth wisheth graded
patted washed gilded
0 petted washeth ......,,::::::; salted
"I pitted /O cashed ....-<::::> folded
" pitieth
-o threshed -= malted
-:1?
" puttied mashed ---=== multitude
parted ditched wilted
parteth fished vaulted
potted botched exalted

LESSON XVIII.
RULE 8.
l. Shorten ng Short Characters.
1i
-(a) Shorten the short characters, making

them half their length, to express a following
t, d, or th. (b) Make them minute, mere
ticks, to express a following m or n, and when
final, to add m, n, y, ly, iDg, ling, iDgly,
or liDgly.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Bemark.-The letters t and s having the form of

a minute o, it is evident that the o character cannot be
made minute for on, om.
.Bemark.-The straight t and s, being minute,
cannot be shortened, but the t is lengthened for tt, td,
and s, when final or medial, is lengthened for ss, ses,
sis, when following characters with which the minute z
for SS does not easily unite, as f, e, m, n.
Bemark.-The straight t is always used at the
beginning of a word, and the curvea t is used only after
a downward character and in other cases where the
straight t would not unite readily.
Bemark.-Making a character minute causes it to
express only one thing, which may be either of those
specified; thus, n made minute may be nn, nm, nly,
or ning, but cannot be nmly. To write nmly, the n
should be made minute, and the minute 1 added for ly.
--
ILLUSTRATIQNS.
'-....
-
(a)
-L-

--
Bat bother did
-
bad obtain died
-.... bath edged dot
bet
bed
l imbed
drubbed
dod
dote
._ bit I apt doth
-.... bid t, assayed ----. duty
...... brat / allied _duds
...... brad /" allayed nat
'b batter / neighed(a)
'
arrayed
'
-
boat date neat
'
bought '-J' dad need
-
both dead neater
..... but debt
--0
b actor
.....
<.
bud death I occurred
'b boater J debtor imbred
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
SHORTENING SHORT CHARACTERS. 67
'
,.. obeyed /

ant
art
I
I
abroacl
''
un.der aboard
knead
nit . \.
\.
eaat
ell8e<l
eaater
I aasert
aater
aatir
nigbt \o
eaatern set
''
knigbt \a..- (
nod \ effort I accord
not --"' nabbed accrued
and agreed
',,..
nut (
-
nude \. end aged (j)
tbat \o en.ter upward
<
- '
threat afro.id ( abate
--0 theater I afford ( abed
tbougbt after ,,,- await
(
r
tbroat about in.terest
tbud afoot without
Remark.-The word not in the foregoing liet is
written with t inetead of by an application of the fore-
going rule, becauee of the words now, no, and know,
with which, unleee it ehould be carefully ehortened, it
would confl.ict.
.. --.....
(b)
Ban din throne
ben dine tbrown
. bane dim thrum
. .... been (i) dime nan
.... bean don name
... bone
bun
down
drone
nine
non
... boon
dan
dun
dum
known
numb
damn drum nun
-
dame than I assent
drain then I account
drawn tbem ( amen
- "
den thin '\ upon
deem thine even
-
dream thumb y event
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
68 ECLECTIC SHORTlilND.
( again ..._ threatening "'- army

,...
-
4 against '--t. sweetening atom
maddening
resting , atone
--
..,
--
crwnble fruiting iron
(----"'
-
sudden ---. meeting irony
..,
--
nimble seating item
'\
humble
tremble

....
counting
heaven
/ items
attend
widen ,.. &lone around
deaden ,. arm '- oven
maiden ,,., arma
-
meeted ---, scented forces
T
matted fainted __, these
---, seated wasted _..,, thesis
--, sated --, feasted freeze
--, --, ___,,
,;:::;
sighted muttered freezes
--t
-f
suited
sorted 7
__,
catered
watered
crease
creases
__,,
--
-
,,,-,
fitted centered farce
--
,,....._
fatted cantered --,s fares
3 waited
wante<l
face
,,,-'fl
cares
faces
counted force -'d' farces
RULE 9.
3. Diminishing Surface Oharac-

ters.-Write g, p, h, r, sh, oh, and wh;
i.e., all the surface characters exeept 1, minute
to express a following l. They are also made
minute, when final, to add 1, ly, fly, iDg,.
ingly, or ling. Write 1 minute for initial fl
and for final fl, fly, ly, ling, and lingly.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
DIMINISHING SURFACE CHARACTERS, 69
.,
ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
t
'
\
Play rally uaually
'1 plea really uaeful
t
,,..-

--..
'1 plow ral // badly
........
-
glad ._./ railway baffle
V-- glint '-- railed ......... bodily
glowed "--- realm ___, daily
,
'
glues r-- relief -.1 deadly
,
'
flea relict dreadful
fly relay _;, dumpling
p...-
r
fled relate ---' mindful
----
o hall relates --.J' sinful-ly
I ( awful-ly
7
o hail related
o haul reality '-, tinkling
o hell J rely suckling
o heel o/ relied /9 careful
o hlli reliant bungling
)
"""
hole reliance inkling
o relish youthful
.,
hull
wbile relished tbrilling
wheel relishes --sadly
.,, J- religion
--
whole kindly
-
-
who'll ...Y" religious ::,--kindling
shoal .__.. rolled meanly
,. shells
shilling u
rolls
girl
mainly
manly
JI"
pearl
....sv shoals 1} __...., singly
----a funeral
--
shoulders - singling
"
-
--
') serial
chill .__,JI difflcult
"lf chills sterile --< diffl.culty
chilly barral 11ickly
railroad careless thoughtful
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
For what purpose are the short characters shortened?
How long are they made? For what purpose are they
made minute? Why is not o made minute for the same
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
purpose? What is said of straight t and sP When is

the straight t used and when the curvad tP Why is
not the word not representad by the shortened nP How
is not written? What is Rule 9? For what is l made
minute? What do the minute characters add when
final? For what are the long characters lengthened? For
what are they superlengthened? What surface characters
are also lengthened and superlengthened? How is l
lengthened to add m, nP For what are aurface
characters enlarged? What distinction is made between
lengthened and enlarged surface characters? Why can-
not the long characters be shortened? Why cannot
short characters be lengthened? How are the surface
characters modified? Why may surface characters be
enlarged, superenlarged, and diminished, while linear
characters can only be either enlarged or diminished?
Practica the following exercise until you can preserve
____ ____
the relativa sizes when written rapidly.
EXERCISE ON RELATIVE SIZES.
_____......
------ ---------- - - ...__..... ________. ,... ,,,,,,,-
.,--,,,,,.---
-------- --'--
- ,,,,.,/7/7 vvl/Voo
__,,, _/__/
___,/
"--"--
o o, .P J? 9 'b o o do'o/c;:I -...::,....::>
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITINO CHARACTERS IRBEGULABLY. 71
LESSON XIX.
RULE 10.
Writing Charactersirregularly.
-The surface characters and the straight t
are joined irregularly to other characters, and
the y and z characters are made minute, and
the oblique characters are so written as to
express other following letters.
(a) The loop is written on the irregular side of other
characters for sd and st, also making sed, Bit, set, etc.,
and is shaded for r, thus making ster, sder, etc.; it is
made minute for ds and ts, also making das, des, ti.ce,
etc.; is lengthened to add t or d, making std, stt, sdd,
sted, slded, etc., and shaded to add r, making strd,
sdrd, as in mastered, considered. The minute loop
is also shaded to add r, making rds, rts. Both the full
and the minute loop are written detached, horizontally,
for sd and ds and the included vowel, the full-sized loop
making sad, sald, seed, side, sowed, sod, sued,
and the minute loop making days, dues, dews, dles,
dice, dose, does, doze.
(b) The circle is written on the irregular side of char
acters, medial or final, for pr, br, is diminished to add
l, is enlarged to add t or d, and is shaded to add r, as in
superior (suprr).
(c) The t is written after short and surface char
acters for st, is lengthened to add t or d, making std,
stt, and shaded for r, making strd, as in destroyed
(destrd).
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
72 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND
.Bemark.-T after short characters is expressed by

shortening them, and after surface characters by en
larging them; therefore, the t may be used safely after
these characters for st; but after long letters, after short
ened short letters, and after enlarged or diminished sur
face characters t carinot be used for st, because it is often
necessary to use the character in these connections for t,
as in 1rnrniuent, plata, glut, :fleet, netted.
(d) Sp when medial or final is represented by an
angularly joined p. When the sp follows a character
which is written downward, the first part of the p is
lengthened to express the straight s, thus making the sp,
as in the following words, viz. : inspires, overspread,
unsparing, prospere, perspires.
(e) P is written inclined backward for pp, pb, and
g is written similarly for gg, gj, Both are made minute
to add 1, enlarged to add t or d, lengthened to add m,
n; and shaded to expresa an included r, as in prop, .
porp, prep, purps (purpose), praps (perhaps),
grog, gangrene.
(f), Any character except the circle is retraced to add
f or v; the retracing is lengthened to add t or d, and
shortened to add 1, as in saved, severa!.
(g) Write z very minute for SS with the included
vowel, making ses, sis, etc. When the minute z does
not attach well, as after e, f, m, n, the s tick may be
lengthened for ss, ses, sis, ces, etc.
(h) Write y very minute for final y having the sound
of short 1, as in many, any (eny).
(i) The combinations pch, psh, with the included
vowel, as in peach, pitch, push, are represented by a
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITING CHARACTERS IRREGULARLY. 73
horizontal p similar to the character for sp, differing from

it by being united angularly to the following character,
while sp unites with a following character without form
ing an angle. The character for pch is only used at the
beginning of a word, and is written on position for the
included vowel, as in patches. In such words as im
peaches, approach, approaches, the prefixes im,
ap are omitted.
Bemark.-When sp and pch are used without a
following consonant on the 3d and 5th positions, they
make the words spy, pitch, spue and push, but the
signification of these words and the context in which they
occur are so unlike that there can be no practical diffi
culty in distinguishing them.
(j) Ns, ms, when final or medial are expressed by a
horizontal semi-ellipse, opening to the right and joined.
angularly to the preceding character, to express the ter
minations anee, ence, ense, etc. This character is
enlarged to express t or d occurring between the n and
s, thus making nds, nta; is diminished for 1, making
ns1, ncl; is written on the upper side of another char
acter to expresa a following s, thus making nces, nses,
and is shaded for r, making nsr, nkr, ntrs, ndrs,
as in censor, centers, canceller.
For ms initial write a minute hook like the sk hook
on the vowel position, and attach the following character
angularly; as, in mistake, write the hook on 1 position
for mis and add the tk; for mast write it on a
position. Sk not is made minute for a following L
(k) A dot is used on the 3d position for I, eye, aye;
on the 2d position for the, thee; on 4th position for O,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
oh, owe. The dot is used near the end of the wcrd for
ng, ing, and all its class, viz., ingly, ingness, inger,
inging. Inga is represented by s tick written in the
place of the dot.
Bemark.-The dot might be written on the 1st
position for the word a, an, but it is liable in rapid
writing to be confounded with the dot for the, therefore
the word an is also used for a, no ambiguity resulting
therefrom, since the letter following it always indicates
which of the two is intended, the following consonant
making it a, and a vowel following making it an.
(1) Write forward obliques downwards, and backward
obliques nearly upright to expresa a following s, z or sb.
Bemark.-Inasmuch as q is always written down
wards, initial o is not written downwards, but e medial
or ftna1 may be, as in because, takes, makes,
tbanksgiving.' This rule (l) does not apply to initial
vowels, which according to Rule 2, are written on 3d posi
tion to express a following s, but it applies to vowels when
they occur in the midst or at the end of words; as in
abase, erase, arose, in which case they are written
downwards to express a following s. They may be also
shortened for an added t, d, as in abused, induced; or
made minute for a following m, n, making ism, as in
sciolism, patriotism, pantbeism, etc.
(m) B final is sometimes representad by p hook, and
e, k final by g hook, especially if followed by t, d or 1
coalescent, as in the words make, fact, sickle, :0.ckle.
(n) Because of the difficulty which soma experience in
shading the e character for cr initial, a hook is used
when it can be conveniently turned on the under side of a
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITING CHARACTERS IRREGULARLY, 75
following character, written large enough to distinguish

it from the el hook. Before aurface charactera and
t it is better to use the shaded o, as in the words crape,
creep, crag, crash, crouch, crawl, orate.
(o) After w, upward o, and other characters with
which th does not unite easily, use d for th, and for the
word the; also make it minute for then, them, as in
the phrases with them, one of them.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
(a)
Cast master :;;;-- sued
caused mastered - suit
cost masterly ;::-- cads
caressed exist -:::; kids
castor exhaust wads
waste yeast waists
waist yester _..,,, wates
wasted brazed _/ weeds
west bruised _/ wets
western toused _/ wits
vast teased _/ woods
vest dressed _.P vats
vested doused --' votes
vised noised __.e...,,,
voters-
-
sei?.ed increased -- duds
-
ceascd consider ,.---:, kinds
-
sized ,...-..-- considers __.,.-- winds
-
soused ___,e:=> considered seeds
fast -._ beside sides
fasted besides suds
frost decide sounds
frosted decided - sunds
foster sad -sands
-
fostered --- said forwards
fester =----side _ faints
must ____.,._sod feeds
mast sowed --- feuds
Dig,tized byGoogle
-- ----
.........
..._
beads --.t::) nods
-
;;;;-- dies
-
buds nodes e:, <loes
----
...._
'- breeds
broods
threads
bards :_./
dues
wards
.....__.,..
"""'t,
--_,,
--
......_
-----
braids bends words
deeds binds cords
cuds bounds cards
---
-.o needs days (4 guards
(b)
Express neighborly /- capers
------ -
export ...J) number (a) --" dippers
-;:>
expert -A.- numbers -4 deprest
exported numberlesti _/'
./ wiper
neighbor (a) --o
......_
--A saber fiber
__..., neighborhood --o sober bibber
(e)
---,
__,,
Dust boast guessed
........, \ '-f
dusted boasted guest
\.- {A
-
---, nest
"'-,\
breast u ghost
nested
\.......
breasted u gust
dressed destined /),f pressed
dost '-"' destiny "'H post
best (.,,( greased :,, last
(d)
,h Inspire crisped r../J cuspidore
trespass cusp /y) prosper
;J-, cuspida.l
unspa.ring perspire
crisp cuspida.te /Y lisps
(e)
('\ ;??
"h?
Pap
pipe / pupil
public
v
v
gage
gouge
"n,'1 pope publican v grudge
(' h1 pup proper
gangrene
"""1 paper (l properly v gurgle
" ,,.,""
<',,,.., pepper
""
prepare giggle
"'
piper perhaps engage
(' popper \.) grudge enga.ged
"
<"""" props gag begrudge
" ,...,,
\,)
people gig lugga.ge
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITINO CHARACTERS IRREOULARLY. 77
(f)
Save covered --r never
saved caved sever
wave cavil ----r- favor \.
waves devil --r fever
waver severa! _.., server
waverecl novel deceiver
cove
cover
bevel
weevil -----,-,_ preserver
persevere
(g)
Size pieces
siss poses =:ary
' seas pussies juices
' saws praises - __,; causes
.... seize ceases , creases
' sows sizes dresses
' sues thesis doses
passes scissors bruises
(h)
--. Many greasy any (en)
-sunny lowery lady
"'- glory petty hairy
'\. honey dressy fury
(i)
C Patch patched approach
e parch patches approacbed
C.. preach patching approaches
( preacher preached approach-
e pitch preaches able
( pjtcher preachers pushed
e poach pitched pushes
(o poacher pitches pushing
e push pitchers impeach
pusher pitching impeaches
(j)
'--t' Dense fence ----e seems
--c. dance --C fines --< since
--< dunce ---C- foams --c. sins
fins --e sense --c. sons
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
--e:
--e-
sums
means 1 tames
times
--e
'"-:'-e
sends
sounds
--.: mince d, terms taunts
moans tones --c. daunts
-z moons tuns ---e winds
1 bans
?
tunes
1 binds
;e-,;;4
beans pains bQunda
Ji
bones
bins
E' pans
pins
bends
tinsel
boons pines pencil

booms puns utensil
>-
brains ;;1 prunes > senses

crams immense .......s. dances

crimes intense ---e fences
crumbs immense- --e bounces
--e drains ness evince
--e <lreams ( intense- evinces
\
--e drones neEs events
--e drums ' aints evinced
tans
\ --e aints --..> senseless
r- mistake rnisplace
>?,-
.;a_, mislead
mask > muses missent
'! misstate rna..<;S&Cre '-- Me3Srs
rnosses V-- rniscarry misprint
,.......--
V >'2-
massive "'u misnomer rnisuse
rnisinfer - miscount mistakes
musket a-- rnoslern
,1)
misrule
(k)
The knowing .... blowing
I aiding singing
_
"'"----;?
eyes _,, things singer
,,,,.
-7
eyeing brings ___, nothing-
.. O,Oh,owe
owing
knowingly
feelingly
ness
nothing
(l)
J. f.
Was wires wisdom
?
.,
wise worse wisely
woes
wars 'I waste
west
vase
vies
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
REVIEW, 79
voice brush avast
views yes agrees
vows years allays
varias yes sir aloes
viz yours allies
vast exist arrays
visit exhausts arise
virus abase arrows
base abyss arose
bees aasess abuse
boys aasays idea
bows asses ideas
buss amass it is
basket amiss erase
brisket amuse erases
(m)
-
Sack fact --. nibble
sick factor "'--' bramble
suck in fact / quake
suckle fickle (; quick
--,
nack
knock
knocked
cable
fable
nipple
i-,--,
l/ quickly
aaks
amiable
(n).
Cram crack /"' creep
crane oreek /"'- orops
crease crave crash
cries create /'O crush
creed creation
/"O crag
crock cross e-/"

crate
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What do the loop and the minute loop when written
on the irregular side of other characters represent? For
what are they writtcn disconnectedly? For what is the
circle written on the irregular side of othcr characters
final or medial? For what is t used following short and
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
,
80 ECLECTIO SHORTHAND,
surface characters? Why may not t be used for st

after shortened and diminished characters? How is st
medial and final representad? For what are p and g
inclinad backwards? What use is made of retracing?
How may retracing be modified, and for what? What
use is made of minute zp When is the lengthened s
tick to be preferred? For what is it used? For what is
the minute y used? How is the combination pch,
peh with the included vowel expressed? How are ns,
ms, expressed when medial and final? What modifications
are made of this character? How is ms initial repre
sentad? For what purposes is the dot used? What
letters are written downwards for a following sP What
is said of e and q in this connection? What of initial
vowels? What is said of the use of p for b, and g for
e, kP Explain the cr hook. . Will not this long lesson
require considerable study?
LESSON XX.
RULE 11.
l. Writing Initial H.-(a) When

initial h is followed by a vowel which is to be
written downward to express the consonant
following it, write the vowel on the position of
the following consonant, shading the upper
part of the vowel character, reading first the
h, then the vowel, and last the position conso
nant.
ll rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITING INITIAL H. 81
2. (b) When initial h, with the following

vowel or diphthong, makes a word; as, he,
how, or if r follows; as, her, higher (hir),
or when it is followed by a vowel to be written
upward; as, hat, hide, hall, hole, use the h.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
(a)
Has
t homes '-'
cr--
helpless
r'
ham hog he.rm
( hanu hock fer- he.unt
have
\ heap happens
hack
hag \ he's
hess
happines
hint
\_
happen
\. hem
t
hind
(1 t
happy h'en halves
bip heave hoped
j
his hock hopes
" )
him '-> help hips
hive hoop hoops
higgle whose happily
I hope hum hives.
l
hop huff \, heaves
f
hug hugs
I
hose
hoes heaps hopeless
I home
(b)
He.t C) hotter o heel
o he.d G he.rder o hell
o heat o herd o he'll
o
o
head o hoot o
o
hole
1 hid t) herder hull
o hide o hired o who'll
o
o
hit o hoaru o
o
he.ir
hod hoarder here
o hot o hill o her
a hood o he.ul o hire
o he.rd o he.le o hoar
Digit,zed by Google
nedge o be o
Io
hoe
hodge o hew him
o hay d hies who (hu)
o haw o high o hue
LESSON XXI.
REVIEW OF HOOKS AND CIRCLES.
l. Tite Initial Hook8.-These a.re p, g, peh,

se, sq, sp, el, er, ms. The p, g, se, sq, peh a.nd
ms a.re joined a.ngularly to most following chara.cters, a.nd
sp, el, a.nd er are joined to following chara.cters without
a.n a.ngle. P a.nd g are joined to each other and to r
and 1 without an .angle.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
e--
2
/},, Pass squalled cried
(/ gas ? pulled spee.k
?
"). skies i._
scab click
"J..' squeeze squib creak
), misses
v misbelieve spoke
pack y----- mistake clock
y--
gawk
skoke mustaches
mi.oehance
croe.le
creation
y- squeak misprove splash
-V-- mosque span clash
.--
e__
c/'C>
pave claim cP/'crash
gave e-- cram crush
V peg <-- space creep
{/} gap e--- class ,,..-:> crop
gall e-- cross crag
pail
gear
(_....
e--
spade
clod
e--=' crarnp
c-t/ eringe
peer e--- ciad crimp
2. F-lnal Hooks.-The final hooks are p, g, ns,
ms, sp, and se. The p and g are, when more easy to
Digit,zed by Google

THE INITIAL HOOKS. 83
write, usad for their cognates b and e, especially when

followed by 1, making bl and el, aleo pl for bl.
ILLUSTRATIONS,
__::, Map --::> sag wig
--:> make --c., sage vapid
_.::> nap cap _...-A-- vague
-"? nack ,---, cable _.-,./) viper
--::, nag ...--... fable vigor
deep fagged /' caper
__., -::,
_;)
deck
--:, fact wager
dope fickle tf1 lap
dock
/"7 keep e lag
dogs keg /' leap
--V dodge
limp
,,,,..-?
cope
cog
t leg
..,--V ti' lope
e:::--, link /7 cup ti' lop
=--,
lump
linger /U' cudgel ti"' lips
/7 kept /' loop
lung e lug
/V
e
caged
lun wept large
sap wedged larger
(j,
---? sack _/) wipe
; largely
--c. mans basked ,,.-e
kinds
--:> mask basket crisp
--c. -.::>
moans
----::, mosque e: bonds
brusk
comes
creep
-=,
--<.
desk
dense
_fi despair
e hinds
brisk
cuspidal
cuspidate
tans cuspidore
_/) dispute
? task viands
_;;> dessicate tins _viscid
--e:
duns phtlsic vesper
dunce tunes wins
f:
--<. since tusk wisp

science
bans
-e:- fines
frisk
wanes
wasp
bask /C cans
bands ,,-') cask prosper
Digit,zed by Google
prosecute <P whines }? inspire

pinta whisk: j inscribe
points wbisker Iiues
piscatorial _ whisper t' lisp
/
grounds immense despise
grot.esque almost --fi despair
3. The r, h, and l.-The distinction between h
and circle r is the method of joining them to other cha.r
acters, the h joining with other cha.ra.cters in a.n a.ngle,
and the r joining in a continued line. The r and 1 are
alwa.ys joined to the regular side of other cha.racters.
4. The regmar slde of curves is the inner or
concave side. The upper side is the regular side begin
ning straight lines, and the under side is the regular
side ending them.
5. The circle is joined continuously to the irregular
side of other cha.racters, when initial for re, and when
medial or final for pr, br. The loop is written on the
irregular side of other characters for sd, st, and de, t.s.
The enlarged circle is joined continuously on the regular
side of other chara.cters for sh, ch, and joined irregularly
for hd, writing had.
ILLUSTR.A.TIONS.
o--rf Refers remark exert
recurs remorse express
rockers reverse -...P expert
. resource
reserve rivers --,o export
_./ rover nabor
----
redress robber ...o number
numbers
reaper Q...., robert
e__
repress revisar __S2_..., numbered
CVv-
1/
rogue rix numberless
regard exercise remember
reward exhort local

Digit,zed by Google
REVIEW. 85
mused .:;:; words
y,
legal
lapped .,,.-.:=caused wards
level cads --.::, phrased
lament kissed --o sized
=-=
e:,
lineal __.kids - sides

lonely '--e::::> seized lair
label
liable
e sadness
- seeds
_/ weeds
_/ woods
1rleer
liar
lures
REVIEW ILLUSTRATIONS.
/ 7
E'
.,. l 'f> 6'"ry ,-, '
__;;; 7 =-7 Il
......,........ .
- I ,:,-
? e ec_.;;t::::,
c-----
,.. ,7...., :;;,-7
; ,....... tP ,
7
,.. /J
/. ,- -- ,.._
et
r e:::: . ?"' .z: d' (/ 6 ) e;,=. 'L.:=-,, )
.., 7
..., . _J
=( . """-:::,/
KEY.
Put a spoon in the ftask. The fteet-footed skaters of the skating
club. We prize the ftag, the glorious sta.rs a.nd stripes; fting it to
the breeze; Jet it ftoat over land and sea., in every clime the beauti
ful emblem of freedom. Flying before the screaming, swirling,
plunging, awful ftood, crossing himself, rode the stra.nge horseman,
ftinging his arms wildly, crying, "Fly, fty, to the hills for your lives;
the ftood ! the ftood ! the ftood ! " There is no mista.king the ftorid
Digitized byGoogle
color of that must.ache. I do not misrepresent him; there is mis

chief in his eye, I am sure. You will find what you seek near the
top of the map. ne took the dog by the nape of the neck, and
threw him back on the deck, or he would have plunged into the
deep water. I remember how he expressed himself a number of
times about his neighbor, nor will I forget how his neighbor refased
his kind offers.
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What are the initial hooksP How is each joined to
following charactersP What is the difference between se
and sq, between el and erP What are the final hooks?
Which way does g turn? For what else is g used? On
which side of preceding character does final p turn?
Which is the regular side of curves? Which of straight
linea? On which sida of chara<'Jers are r and 1 tumed?
When written on the irregular side what does r represent?
What does 1 on the irregular side represent? What does
minute 1 represent when written on the irregular sideP
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPTER V.
LESSON XXII.
ABBREVIATION BY SUFFIXES,
l. A suffix is a letter or letters, a syllable or syllables,
appended to the end of a word to vary or modify its
signification; thus, im.prison means to confine in some
place; add ment and it becomes im.prisonment; which
denotes the act of confining in some place. Flex means
to bend; add to it ible and it becomes fl.exible, which
means may be bent. Such terminations as ment and
ible, in the above examples, are called suffl.xes.
2. The suffixes and terminations of words in the
English language are quite numerous, and for purposes
of stenography may be naturally grouped together in
classes of similar formation.
3. Suffixes are simple and compound; ful and ly are
simple suffixes, and when united form a compound suffix,
fully, of which ful (written fl.), may be called the stem
of this compound suffix: and its class ful, fully, ful
ness. The stem of the suffix is used in shorthand to
represent any one of the class.
4. The stems of the following two classes are fy
and sate (written st), fy, ftes, fl.ed, fying, fl.er,
sate, sated, sates, sating, sator, sative, cation;
fy and st being the stems are the shorthand signa of
these two classes of suffix:es.
87
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
...
88 ECLECTIC SHOBTBAND.
5. The compound suffixes being but modifications of

the stem made to indicate sorne added idea of time,
mode, person or condition than that which is indicated
by the stem alone, and thus a.sed to harmoniza the
word with the sentence of which it forms part, the last
part of the suffixes may be omitted in shorthand, for,
the stem being written and the suftix thus suggested, the
context will indicate the proper entire termination.
6. To illustrate, take the following sentenceR: Is he
a reliable man? We are reliably informad that he is
a man of sterling reliability. Write these words by
the use of the stem of the prefix only, and they are: Is
he a reliabl manP I am reliabl informad that he
is a man of sterling reliabL This abbreviated writing
the stenographer would transcribe readily and correctly.
RULE 12.
7. Terminations.-Write only the

stem of modified terminations, omitting the
modifying final syllables.
(a) If the stem is one with an unaccent.ed or
unim.portant vowel, it is representad by the character
expressing its consonant sounds, and is alwaya
attached to the preceding letter: cara-ful, ce.rft;
sim-ple, simpl; nim-ble, nimbl; ami-able, ambl;
loose-ness, loosns; voy-age, voyj; ad-age, adj;
mo-tive, motv; miss-ive, missv; mono-gram,
mongrm; dia-gram., digrlil.
(b) lf the suffix stem contains an accent.ed vowel,
the initial letter is written disconnectedly under the
Digit,zed by Google
TERMINATIONS. 89
preceding character, except in the case of plurals, when

it is written over it.
(e) There are a few terminations which seem to
require a special writing and their stem is therefore writ
ten across the preceding character.
8. If a stem begins with coalescents they must be
written; as gr for grate; if it contains other consonants
these also must be written; as frc fr fraction. A
stem thus written indicates any one of the terminations
of its class, the reader relying on the context to determine
' which one.
9. To write a stem it is only necessary to expresa its
principal sounds; as fl. for fl.y, ful; nd for and, end,
ind, ined, igned, und, ound; nt for ant, ent, int;
st for ast, est, 1st, ost, ust; ft for eft, 1ft; drd for
dred, dered, durad; try for tary, tory, tery,
terry, tury; fr for for, fore; bl for ble, able,
eeble, ible, oble, uble; mnt for ment, mont,
mount ; snt for sent, sont, sant; vnt for vent,
vant ; tnt for tant, tent ; sn for sien, son, soon ;
grs for gress, gars, gers.
10. The three following lists of terminations (a), (b),
(e), are ea.ch followed by illustrations of the method of
writing words embracing the terminations.
11. You must thoroughly practica these illustrations,
writing each illustrated outline for each different word
which it repres!:mts, pronouncing the word as you write
it; tlius, the first illustrated word after list (b) is addi
tion, the outlines for which also represent the various
forms which this word takes,-addition, additions,
additional, additionally. Write the outline addi-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-
tion four times, pronouncing the different words which

it expresses, as you write them.
12. When you have written through these illustra
tions in the manner indicated, write the illustrative
words which are included in parentheses in each list,
writing each outline for the severa! words which it
representa and pronouncing each as yon write it. By
thoroughly pnrsuing this course you will acquire a prac
tica! use of the method of suffix representation.
13. Each class of terminations in list (a) is to be
representad by its stem written connected with the pre
ceding character.
(a).-LIST OF STEM SIGNS AND CLASSIFIED TER:M:INA
TIONS WRITIEN CONNECTEDLY.
8TEX 810KB. TJIBXDIATIOKB.
j ( angular g)-age, aged, ages, aging, (adage, voyage).

a (downward minute)-asm, asma, (miasm, cataplasm, pleonasm).
bl-ble, bly, bleuess, bling, (feeble, humble).
bl-a.ble, ible, ceble, oble, uble, a.bly, &c., (mova.ble, pa.yable, legi
ble, eligible, enfeeble, igu oble, soluble, a.ffable).
c-ic, ac, (domestic, roma.ntic, pneuma.tic, demoniac, bivoua.c).
el-cal, cally, ca.lless, ca.lity, ele, (physical, radical, versicle, icicle,
practica.!).
d-ed, edly, edness, (professed, seized, ca.used, depressed).
d (minute)-dy, ding, den, dened, dening, dom, (lady, kingdom,
ra.ndom, thra.ldom).
en-en, ened, ens, ening, a.in, (thicken, wea.ken, ba.rgain).
fc-flc, (terrifl.c, somnifl.c, ca.lorific}.
frs-ferous, (fl.oriferous, melliferous, bacciferous, ca.loriferous).
fl.-ful, fully, fulness, (careful, pea.cetul, ha.ndful, harmful).
ft-fl.t, feit, (profit, forfeit, surfeit).
fy-fied, fying, fication, fica.te, fies, (certify, modify, testify).
gl-gle, gly, gling, (mingle, single, legal).
hd-hood, (ma.nhood, boyhood, girlhood).
1-ile, ilely, (servile, puerile, juvenile, merca.ntile).
Dig,tized byGoogle
TEBlllNATIONS, 91
i (downward minute)-ism, isms, (realism, patriotism, Judaism),
dot (fl.Ml)-ing, ingly, ingness, inger, (nothing, something,anything),
i (downwards)-ize, ized, izing, izes, (realize, idealize, moralize).
ah-ish, ished, ishes, ishly, ishness, (radish, premonish, impoverish),
la-less, lessly, lessness, (careless, headless, thoughtless),
oi (shortened)-oid, (avoid, annoyed, alloyed, doooyed),
us--ous, ously, ousness, (callous, jealous, furious),
ou (shortened)-out, oud, owed, (without, about, allowed, through
ont, aloud),
n (minute)-ny, ning, (penny, sunny, funny, progeny).
n (short)-aned, ined, igned, oned, uned, (contained, refl.ned, impor-
tuned),
n (short)-ant, ent, int, ont, unt, (pleasant, present, surmount).
ns-anee, ence, enced, encing, (in!erence, recompense, decadence).
nnt (minute nt)-nent, nents, (pertinent, imminent, eminent).
mnt-ment, ments, mental, &c., (augment, aliment, sediment),
ry (shaded minute y)-ary, ery, erry, ory, (carry, marry, 11.urry),
rd-ard, red, ried, (wearied, dotard, bothered, mitered).
ehp-ship, shipped, ships, shipping, (worship, friendship).
ehn-tion, sion, cion, cian, cean, See Remark below - (fashion,
ehs-tious, cious, sious, &c., } mention, cantious, partial,
ehl-tial, cial, sial, &c., :fnsion.)
em-some, somely, (handsome, loathsome, quarrelsome),
etr-ster, (faster, roster, duster, sinister).
v-ive, ively, ivity, iveness, (active, creative),
yn-ian, ion, ien, (historian, postillion, civilian, million),
14. Bemark.-The syllables, tion, cion; tious,

cious; tial, cial; are all represented by the se.me sign,
viz.: a. short ba.ckwa.rd, upwa.rd tick, joined angula.rly to
the preceding cha.ra.cter. This tick is lengthened for a
following t, d, th, shortened for y, ly, and sha.ded for
r, er; a.ny other letter following it; as s, 1, is a.tta.ched.
Ea.ch of the foregoing classes of syllables has severa.l
wa.ys of spelling, as tion, cion, sion, cean, the tick
being used for all of them. The sign is, however, used
only in words of two syllables; these syllables being repre
sented otherwise in longer words. See Leason XXVIII.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
92 ECLECTIC SHOB.TH.AND.
ILLUSTBATIONS OF SHON.
--
Motion, notion, nation, nations, caution. cautious, eautioned,
fashiou, fashions, fashioned, passion, pension, partial, partially,
a G. -
l!OCially, spooial, spooially, fashioning, mentioning, passionate,
fu.sion, fu.sions, portion, portions, rational, rationalist.

,,
ILLUSTBATIONS OF CONNECTED SIGNS.(a)

e::::::': ( A rtfl ' Q -e=::::=,, 4'..___.(<
( '-- V (
'/
!'
o / t<
( d e
7
r,,,_....... .D-
---;:1 se- /, o
V ___,_ .. ---::L e!: (/ . e!: - " '=--::, ==:t ,

=:::P ,. C, /' 7, 7 - q ____,
:=:t.. =--2
e= "J- e ,.. tl ,, ...:::::>=i
y,r a o ,. c7
7
d-- >--"'.u./ --' st=:-. '-:-' (< ,,,,,-, __,,, ...,..a
>a,e:= ' e::::::::': >:r::::::::v:=:: ,, /' e_, L,c:::::v:::?

l/
KEY.
Very amiable. Fingers fly nimbly. The nimbleness of her
flngers, So amiable. Her amiability. Not desirable. Ita desira
bility. It is quite suitable. The question of ita suitability. It is
not legible, The legibility of the writing. lt is fearful. Fearfully
Dig1tized byGoogle
BTEM SIGNB, 93
mangled. It is not lawful. It is done lawfully, The lawfulness of
the act. I will certify. It is certified. His certifica te. Its certifica
tion. By certifying. Do not realize. He realizes, Its realization.
We are now realizing. With feeling. With feelings ol. Very
feelingly. He is nervous. His increasing nervousness. He
glanced around nervously. When shall we commence ? W e
have commenced. When the act commences. At the commence
ment. No detriment. Very detri!lental. Good argument. Very

argumentative.
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What is a suffix? Illustrate a snffix. How may the
suffixes be grouped? What are the different kinds of
snffixes? What is the stem of a snffix? For what snffix
does et stand? Why is it safe to omit the last part of a
suffix and write only its stem? Repeat the rule. Repeat
case a, case b, case c. What if a stem begins with
coalescents? Give the stem for each of the classes of the
list. How are the terminations of this and the two
following lists to be practicad?
LESSON XXIII.
(b) LIBT OF BTEM BIGNB OF CLABBIFIED TERMIN.A.TIONB
WRITTEN DISCONNECTEDLY.
VOWELS.
8Tll:X Bl81'18, Tll:RXINATI01'18,
,
a (written downward)-act, acts, acting, acted, a.ction, (enact, rea.et).
a (written downward)-apt, apts, apting, apted, aptation, aptive,
(adapt, inapt).
e ---ect, ects, ecting, ected, ection, ective, (elect, select, dialect).
e (minute)-empt, empts, empting, empted, emption,
e -ept, epts, eptcd, eption, (adept, transpt, concepta),
-
o (written downward)-oke, okes, oking, oked, ocation, (provoke).
Digit,zed by Google
94 ECLECTIC SHORTHA.ND,
o (writt.en downward)-<>pt, opta, opting, opted, option, (adopt,

eloped).
o (writt.en upward)-ography, ographies, ographic, etc., (geography,
biography, phonography).
i-ict, icts, icting, icted, (predict, evict).
u-uct, ucts, ucting, ucted, uction, uctive, (product, abduct,
induct).
u-upt, upts, upting, upted, tion, uptive, uptible, (intermpt,
corrupt).
ew-ews, ewing, ewed, (renewing, reviews).
oi-oys, oyiug, oytld, oyance, (annoyance, decoyed).
ow-ows, owing, owed, owance, owable, (allowing, avowed).
CO.NSONANTS.
b-bate, bates, bating, bated, bation, batement, bative, bateble,
(probate, libation, debate).
b-bit.e, bites, biting, bition, bitious, (ambition, abide, prohibit).
b-bute, butes, buted, buting, bution, butive, (attribute, retribu-
tion, distribute).
br-brade, brades, braded, brading, brasion, (abrade, upbraid.)
e-cate, cates, cated, cating, cation, cative, catement, (indicate,
abdicate, educate).
c-cute, cutes, cuted, cuting, cution, cutive, (execute, prosecute).
cr-crate, crates, crating, crated, cration, (execrate, desecrate).
cr-crete, creta), creetness, cretion, (indiscreet, discreet, secrete).
el-elude, eludes, clilding, cluded, clusion, clusive, clusively, clusi-
veness, (include, seclude, preclude).
clc-calculable, calculably, caleulableness, (incalculable, incaleul-
ably).
cl-culcate, culcates, culcating, culcated, culcation, (inculcate).
d-date, dates, datiog, dated, dative, (mandate, sedate, antedate).
d-duce, duces, ducing, du<>ed, duction, (introduce, produce, dedue-
tion).
dct-duct, ducts, ducting, ducted, duction, ductive, (induct, pro
duct, deduct).
dct- dict, dicts, dicting, dicted, diction, dictive, (edict, predict).
fa-fess, fesses, fessed, fessing, fession, fessions, fessional, (profess,
confess).
f-fide, fides, fiding, fided, ficient, ficious, ficial, (confide, magni
fied, officious).
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
STEM SIGNS. 95
f-fute, futes, futing, futed, fusion, fusive, fusiveness, fusively,
(confute, refute, infusion).
:fl.-filiate, flliates, filiating, filiated, filiation, (affiliates).
:fl.-flate, flates, flating, flated, flation, (infl.ate, afflatus).
frc-fract, fraction, fractor, fracted, fracting, (infraction, refract).
:flc-flict, flicts, flicting, flicted, fliction, (inflict, confliction).
:flc-flect, flects, flecting, flected, flection, (reflect, deflect).
g-gate, gates, gating, gated, gation, gacious, gitious, (corrugate,
aggregate).
hr-hesion, hesive, hesively, hesiveness, (adhesiva, cohesion).
hr-here, heres, hering, hered, herent, (inhere, cohere).
hrt-herit, herits, heriting, herited, (inherit).
hl-hilate, hilation, hilating, hilated, (annihilate).
j-ject, jects, jected, jecting, jection, jective, jectively, (eject, pro
ject, subject).
1-late, lates, lated, lating, lation, lative, latial, (elate, dilate,
collate).
' 1-lide, lides, liding, lided, lision, licious, lysian, (collide, malicious,
delicious).
1-lude, ludes, luding, luded, lusion, lusive, lusiveness, lusively,
(elude, delude, prelude).
m-mate, mates, mated, mating, mation, (primate, sublimate, est
mate).
m-mote, moted, motes, motion, motional, motionally, motive,
(promote, commotion).
m-mute, mutes, muting, muted, mutation, (commute).
ml-mollient, molument, molumental, mulsion, (emollient, emul
sion).
n-nate, nates, nating, nated, nation, native, nary, narian, (donate,
coordinate).
nf-niftcant, niflcantly, nificance, nification, (signiflcant, signiflca
tions).
n-nit.e, nites, niting, nited, nition, nicious, nioiously, (deflnite,
pernicious),
r n-nute, nutes, nuting, nuted, (comminute, diminution).
p-pate, pates, pated, pating, pation, passioned, patient, pacious,
patiently, (capacious, impatiently, opacity).
p-piate, piates, piating, piated, piation, (expiare, appropriate).
p-pute, putes, puting, puted, pation, pacious, (repute, compute,
occupation).
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
pl-plate, plates, plating, plated, plation, plative, (oontemplate).

pl-plete, pletes, pleting, pleted, pletion, (replete, complete),
plr-plore, plores, ploring, plored, ploration, (explore, implores),
pl-pulsive, pulsively, pulsiveness, pulsion, (impulsive, propul.
sion).
q--<uate, quately, quateness, quation, quacy,' quary, quaries, (ade-
quate, inadequate).
q--<uestion, questioned, questioning, questionably (unquetttioned),
r-ride, rides, riding, rided, risive, rision, (deride, apparition).
r-rate, rates, rating, rated, ration, racious, raciously, racity,
rocious, rociously, (oration, voracious, veracity, ferocious).
8-sate, sates, sating, sated, sation, sa.tive, (condensate, compensate),
ec-scribe, acribes, scribing, scribed, scription, scriptive, (describe,
inscription),
ep-spicuity, spicuous, (perspicuity, conspicuous.)
ah-itiate, itiated, itiation, itial, itially, (initiate, noVJtiate).
at-stitute, stitutes, stituting, stituted, stitution, (destitute, institute,
constitute, constitution, institution).
atr-struct, structs, structing, structed, struction, (obstruct, des
truction).
atr-strate, strates, strating, strated, stration, strations, (demon.
strate, illustrate),
aw-suade, suades, suading, suaded, suasion, suasive, suasively,
suage, (persuade, dissuade, assuage).
t-tate, tates, tated, tating, tation, tative, (agitate, temptation).
t-tage, tageous, tageously, tageousness, (advantage, vintage).
t-tute, tutes, tuting, tuted, tutive, tution, (destitution, restitution).
tr-trate, trates, trated, trating, tration, trition, tritious, (magis
trate, illustrate, nutrition, meretricious).
th-thusiast, thuiastic, thusiastically, thusiasm, (enthusiasm).
v-vat.e, vates, vating, vated, vasion, vasive, vasively, vator, (reno.
vate, elevate, invasion, evasively).
v-vade, vades, vading, vaded, (pervade, evade, invade).
vr-vert, vertes, verting, verted, verses, versation, (pervert, divert).
vl-volve, volves, volved, volving, volution, voluted, (revolve,
evolve, involve, devolve).
vn-vent, vention, vant.age, vantageous, &c., (invention, advantage,
disadvantage),
w-uate, uates, uating, uated, uation, (situate, perpetuate).
x-xatious, xation, xative, (vexatious, relaxation).
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
STEM SIGNS. 97
ILLUSTRATIONS. (b)
.,,., ,,
c:7v=) ,,
KEY,
Addition (a-d), edition (e-d), illusion (i-1), allision (a-1), elusiva
(e-1), evasion (e-v), ovation (o-v), omission (o-m), oration (o-r), donar
tion (d-n), location (l-c), provision (pro-v), prevention (pre-vn),
seclusion (se-el), secretion (se-er), reduetion (re-de), induetion (in-de),
abduction, afflietion, infl.iction, defleetion, reflection, infraction,
allowed (al-ou), detraction, subtraction, extraction (xtre.cshn),
instruetion, destruetion, obstruetion, construction, perversion,
desertion, delusion, delegation, obligation, abrogation, segregation,
ineursion, impression, extirpation, expectation, extrapositio, temp
tation, temptations, situation, situations, excavation, excavations,
indication, indications, intimation, intimations, position, proposition,
infatuation, interpenetration, extravasation, exhilaration, probation,
prohibition, elimination, inauguration, inundation, incapacitation,
infiltration, illumination, elucidation, inarticulation, alteration,
alliteration, persuasion, dissuade, advantage, advantageous, signify,
signifteantly, signiftcance, signiJlcation.
Dig,tized byGoogle
LESSON XXIV.
(e) LIST OF STEM: SIGNS WRITTEN ACROSS PRECEDING

CHARACTERS.
8TJIX 8IGN8. TBBX1l1ATI0N8,
t-ty, tily, tiness, tive, tively, tiveness, tivity, (mighty, active, native,
purity, incentive),
tr-try, tary, tery, tiry, t-0ry, tury, tuary, (wintry, century, coun
try, actuary).
a-sy, sily, siness, sive, sively, siveness, sivity, (:fussy, massive, impres-
sive, passivity).
st-sty, stily, stiness, (yeasty, \iusty, misty).
str-stry, stery, stries, steries, (mystery, casuistry, ministry).
b-bility, bilities, (ability, liability, inability).
a (upward)-alogy, alogies, alogically, (mineralogy, analogically).
o (upward)-ology, ologies, ological, ologically, ologian, (theologian,
biology, physiology, psychology).
1i
o (downward)-osophy, osophies, osophically,(philosophy, theosophy).
g....:graph, graphic, graphical, graphically, gram, (lithograph).
1-logue, logues, (monologue, catalogue, decalogue).
i-ity, ittee, (committee, community, insanity).
ILLUSTRATIONS.
=+ I =, ....._,,. /:....____;; ,_-; _..-'- ::::::--,-
__.., L

, '!, -K ?:,- '-;:: Y'
KEY.
Motive, mighty, city, duty, insanity, county, country, oentury,
1
wintry, ministry, pleasantry, desultory, premonitory, yeasty, dusty,
fussy, dressy, aggressive, illusive, permissive, analogy, apology, the
ology, amiability, debility, disability, desirability, accessibility,
lithograph, hectograph, monogram, dialogue, catalogue, monologue,
theosophy, philosophy, committee, inflrmity, community, hwnanity,
1hrenology, physiology, geology, biology.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TERHIN A TIONS. 99
BXBBOISE IN TERHINA.TION8,
' / ( --:::::::::::V:
.....,_ e::::::::;::;,. v, Having become an oct.oge-
narian, on the verge of superan:,
,t,..,,C:
. o _>e::,
- nuation, and having had a gentle
admo-nition of my incapaci
.......
tation for physical exer-tion, but
i=:::'- in my early edu-cation having
-...,,....--_(
made the acqui-sition of a dispo-
-z-7-----=...,..'.Z
- L./,., ..,,,..,.__......., sitio &verse to in-action, without
a ..:(_ , <' 6 the least am-bition or aspi-ration
for distinc-tion, personal aggran
di-zation, or pecuniary remune-
ration, but for the sole purpose of
- c::::::_p<"' 7
t==;;- having some occu-pation, and for
_f_. _----
_,...c::'!'::::'o- .....,..,_iF my own satis-faction and gratifl-
7 ------ , __. --.,.,:
4
---'-----"------- cation, I conceived the no-tion
...;-'--------.,,..-- o:f the di-rection of my at-tention
-"''---- ----'.,-
z= ;:-==.__
"--=c;., -":::::=:'---- to the coHection, classifi-cation,
.,--; ":1
"''--,-=-r--<.. <..<->-..--.r...----- combi-nation, congre-gation, and
concen-tration of words in the
23-
-y
"
---- -=---"----
:;::::> 7
...11:=
6:--=--
English vo-cabulary with t-i-o-n
for their tenni-nation,
--===ii""&.
With this expla-nation o:f my
--.:,
.:>
.,.___
-+---.:=:::....-'*-------11
.-=> L in-tention I comme-nced ope-
e:: __.:;.....:..._....:c.._____-1,
-'9
ration, with no con-ception of the
--c:-___.V:"------,
__,
_.,.,.......-<-::;:___
;;;:=-7 ve-xation and clOll6 appli-cation
=--"-......=o==-
.;--" """""""'--==---""''
-,,, <- necessary for it.s com-pletion;
,. fo-: .L but possess-ing an innate obdu-
......,
?z.. ration against the pre-vention of,
1_
,...... or frus-tration in, any laudab1e
,
. 7, ,._
,
L........
_1_ vo-cation, I persevered in my
;;;>?
...L.- J. investi-gationagainst strongoppo.
;c:::::.v w
sition, frequent int.erruption, and
e::, 1..., ,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
100 ECLECTIC SHOR'rHAND.
,;:> with exces-sive fati-gation, until

, ,__
---
I brought the sub-ject in contem
plation to a suc-cessful consum
mation.
-- l Finding the enume-ration of
/
,C, '_,,,.,---.... - k=::-- ---i, t-i-o-n as a termi-nation far ex
---c:::;-------- ceed-ing my antici-pation, expec
=
., ,,--6"" { tation, or calcu-lation, I felt an
_
> ,C
incli-nation to submit for publi-

,.,- __,._ __...,, ....,....,.-- cation, even at the risk of my
z_'
repu-tation, my singular and

unique pro-duction, for the infor
mation, in-struction and edifl
cation of the rising gene-re.tion.
( 70..:.--t:, --- After the for-mation of a
determi-nation in favor of its
publi-cation, it became a matter
of necessi-tation, in confor-mation
to pre-vail-ing custom in every
new lite-re.ry compo-sition, to
preface my publi-cation, as an
intro-duction, with a de<li-cation
to sorne distin-guished friend or
re-lation.
' z> (< :::::x:::::::=: v:: It then became a gre.ve ques
tion to what distant or near re
lation I could make this do
nation, before consul-tation, and
I ;z avoid the cau-sation of disaf
fection, disappro-bation, and
perhaps repro-bation. After long
cogi-tation, much consul-tation,
=:::= =
,.,
--
::
and serious re-llection, I could
bring to my recoll-ection and
: ..: .-
., " '---., ;r -== (
..
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TERMINATIONS. 101
,( > -e e: recog-nition but one dist.ant re

lation in a.11 cre-ation, who, in
my esti-mation, would entertain
r /
/
;.:::
,1
a full appre-ciation of this demon
stration of my af-lection.
Therefore, without further
circumlo-cution, iu conside-ration
and commemo-ration of the fre
/,v quent repe-tition, excla-mation,

vocife-ration, and apt appli-cation
of t-i-o-n by my distant re-lation,
-:: L. B. C., in her daily conver
sation, when ob-jecui offen-sive
come in con-taction with her
degus-tation, ol-factory, or other
acute sen-sation, I can have no
hesi-tation, and I feel under great
obli-gation, and it affords me
---------
much satis-faction and gratifi
cation to honor her with the do
nation of this dedi-cation of the
following laborious compi-lation,
tl'llllt-ing it will meet her entire
appro-bation and highest com
o
men-dation. Hoping that a
9:-
c..;
<?
;;,
perusal of this pro-duction will
l A
engage her at-tention, afford her
'0 ;--=
..__ h
i, >

in-struction, excite her ani
!:> ,.._ mation, elicit her admi-ration,
produce exhila-ration, and oc
casiona.lly a burst of cachi
nation, I am as ever, without
Q affec-t.ation, her sincere friend
ti and af-fectionate re-Iation.
(L
Dig,tized byGoogle
102 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND, .1
LESSON XXV.
PREFIXES.
l. A prefix is a letter, a syllable, or a word added to
the beginning of some other word, to vary or modify its
meaning; thus, possible, means can be done, but pre
fix im, and it becomes impossible, and means cannot
be done.
2. Most prefixes are readily written by the application
of the rules, which you have airead.y learned, and the fol
lowing lista of words, which are given especially for prac
tice on the prefixes, embrace most of the prefixes of the
language. They are arranged with reference to the
origin of the prefixes, the first list comprising those of
Latin origin, the second, those of Greek, and the third,
those of Saxon, origin. The prefix in each word is
indicated by a epace between it and the following part
of the word. Sorne of the longer prefixes are representad
by E!pecial signe, which are written across. Practica the
lista until you can write the words readily.
PREFIXES OF LATIN OBIGIN,
ab-solve ad-join
__
(_,, ah-duce ad-mit
ab-scond ad-mire
6.__
L ab-stain
ab-scind /s-
af-fi:I:
af-firm
r
a.e-cede af.flant
{ a.e-cuse af-ford
t.'. ac-cess ag-grieve
ac-cord ag-gressive
ag-gregate
ac-crue
ac-count ag-gravate
,,.-d' ad-dress ag-itate
Dig,tized byGoogle
PBEFIXES, 103
al-lay at-las
al-lude at-om
al-most at-tach
al-though at-tain
al-so at-tend
an-cient at-tune
an-nex bene-dict
an-notate bene-fice
an-noy bene-factor
an-thers bene-volent
an-alyze bi-ennial
ant-ler bi-lateral
ant-arctic bi-fonn
ante-date bi-gamy
ante-cedent bis-sextile
ante-lope cent-ennial
ante-past cent-ifolious
ante-room cent-ipede
anti-dote cent-uplicate
anti-dotal cent-urion
anti-pode co-hesion
anti-pathy co-operate
anti-thesis co-extensive
ap-pend cog-nate
ap-pertain cog-itate
ap-petite col-late
ap-parent col-lapse
ap-proach col-lect
ap-posite col-lide
ar-ray col-lusive
ar-raign cor-rect
ar-rogant cor..onal
ar-senal cor-porate
ar-senic cor-rugate
as-cend cor-rupt
as-say cor-sair
as-sert cor-sage
as-sign de-bark
as-sume de-duce
as-suage de-grade
DrgitrzedbyGoogle
-<- de-fraud em-body

---_,;J de-jected em-print
de-psrt V'"' en-able
__,..,
di-athesis
di-vert
di-vest
'--=-

en-amel
en-ease
en-chanted
--<-- di-vide en-cumber
[-
e,,
dis-able
dis-arm
dis-gust

en-ergy
equi-angular
equi-distant
..._,
/ dis-inter equi-librity
-
dis-miss equi-noctial
dif-fer equi-poise
dif-fuse equi-table
4
....__,_

du-bious ex-act
---
-:>-- -----
du-cal ex-eeed
-
du-plex --,,.__ ex-claim
du-plicate ex-elude
duo-decimo ex-cept
duo-denum --:) ex-pect
-..p duo-literal extra-dition
ec-centric extra-dotal
ec-clesial extra-judicial
ec-cope extra-official
ec-lectic extra-ordinary
ec-logue extra-vagant
'--- ef-face L., ig-neous
ef-fect L- ig-niferous
= ef-fete ig-nipotent
ef-fervesce ig-nite
..- ef-fort
ef-fulgent
Le,
La-
ig-nore
ig-norant
el-lipsis il-lapse
el-liptic il-legal
..._( el-oquent
el-ytrum
_/'-"

il-legible
il-liberal
em-anate .,,,."- ill-ness
em-bark .,r-- il-lumine
em-bargo im-agine
em-bellish j,p im-bank
rngitized by Google
PBEFIXES, lO
t im-becile L of-ten
1-
t
im-brue op.ernte
im-itable op.eration
im-itate op-erose
im-media.te op-erta.n'lOus
im-mense pa.n-cratium
pan-creas
1--?
im-pa.tient
V
in-capa.ble pa.n-dect
_ pa.n-dit
t-
in-elude
in-cline pa.n-egp-ic
___ in-close y pa.n-ic
i:__ in-sist per-a.mbula.te
-
-
in-decent per-fection
-J in-itia.1
per-ennia.1
non-cla.im per-jurer
-
non-descript l'r) per-ma.nen
.
-::,
non-elect per-severe
q_
-
non-juring per-tinacious

-a....::,
V
non-pa.reil post-a.ge
non-residen! post-fix
non-suit post-humous
non-sense
oh-dura.te z_., post-note
post-roa.d
p ob-elisk
post-ula.te
r
' ob-ject pre-cede
'L-- pre-concert
oh-la.te >9--1'
o/
ob-lique pre-ma.ture
oh-litera.te pre-occupy
yy-- oc-ca.sion ,n pre-pare
j
oc-curs "2......-f- prim-itiYe
t
oo-cult
oc-cupa.nt
t2--c prim-nes11
prim-ogenia.1
oc-cupy prim-ordia.1
?:1
Oc-tober prim- rose
oe-ulist retro-a.ction
of-fence retro-cession

2:
of-fers retro -grade
of-ftcer retro-spect

of-ftcious se-cede
off-set se-elude
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
---
106 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND,
<-----:, se-cretary _...., sur-render
__,--
se-duce sur-round
-.P\.._ se-lect sur-vey
-/4) se-cure "''- sus-ceptible
":st-
--,...
se-quester
se-rious
semi-breve
1 sns-cetate
sus-pect
sns-pend
--,
V2-
semi-die.meter "'>7 sus-picion
semi-form ........ sus-tain
--<A sug-gest I"" tri-angula.r
'----"'
---<>
sug-gester tri-buna.l
sug-gestion tri-capsular
sug-gestive tri-ennia.l
sug-gillate
"
Ir tri-fling
.../ super-a.nnuate
super-fine
e-- tri-gylph
tri-lobite
super-eha.rge '-a-. ultra.-ma.rine
super-intend ultra.-montane
.....
---;!_
--,-o super-ior ultra.-mund1me
L
super-numera.ry """)./ ultra-tropica.1
super-sede un-bred
super-stition un-certa.in
sup-plant '\,- un-clean
sup-ple un-couth
sup-plement un-cover
_.,,--. sup-port un-current
---6 sup-purate un-da.ted
eup-pose un-decent
eupra.-eosta.l under-bid
_,....,. supra.-luna.r under-cha.rge
supra-munda.ne
under-crush
eupra.-orbita.l '\--, under-foot
supra.-protest "'!,./ under-go
__../2-- supra-spina.l
"e, under-gradua.te
---0,-, supra-scapular ). under-mine
__9--7 sur-feit "'\L.. under-stand
sur-mise
eur-mount '---:, under-take
'--- under-nea.th
sur-pa.ss under-size
sur-plus under-va.lued
Dig,tized byGoogle
PREFIXES. 107
'\ ..
)--.
,
un-avoidable
uni-form
)

uni-ty
uni-versa.l
PREFIXES OF GREEK ORIGIN,

ana.-baptist lliblio-thecary
ana-leptic biblio-theke

r
ana-logue cata-baptist
ana-lysis cata-caustic
ana-morphosis cata.clysm
ana-pest cuta-eomb
arch-angel cata-falque
arch-bishop ,/'(V cata-graph
arch-count cata-logue
......----
arch-deacon cata-ra.ct
arch-duke cata-plasm
arch-etype /, chir0-graphy
astro-latry chiro-logy

,,,......,,
astro-logy chiro-mancy
,- astro-metry chiro-plast
'-- astro-seope ,,,..-.-; chiro-pod
aristo-cracy choro-grapher
aristo-cratic choro-graphy

o
aristo-logy chrono-logy

,,,,--,.
apo-gee chrono-meter
apo-graph chrono-metry
apo-logue cosmo-gony
apo.plectic cosmo-graphy
bl,._ a.po-state cosmo-logy
apo.theosis cosmo-politan

apho-rous dia-base
apho-rize dia-bolical
-
apho-rism dia.-costic
bio-grapher dia-cretic
-e, bio-logical dia-dem
bio-lytic dia-gonal

bio-tine -\.... dia-lect
-i.. biblio-grapher
biblio-logy
--&-
"l
dia-logue
di&-meter
biblio-philist deca-logue
--.
--...,,,,, biblio-polist --r7 deca-pode
Dlgiti,edbyGoogle
--
108 ECLECTIC SHOBTHA.ND.
\ dys-ent.ery homo-morphous
dys-pepsia hyper-bole
_,,,.-- dys-phoria hyper-borean
hyper-eritical
dys-thetic
-... dys-phony hyper-metrical
ento-moline hyper-trophy
ento-mology J-r hypo-crisy
'--.J
epi-gram
epi-logue
epi-demic
b- hypo-gastric
hypo-phosphite
hypo-statis
epi-lepsy ichthy-0logy
t-
\fgi
epi-taph J - - ichthy-0phagy
r
eu-charist )/""' ichthy-osis
eu-logy fohthy-otomy
\.h,-- eu-peptic '-.,...--t:, lexieo-gmpher
eu-phonic lexieo-logy
En-ropean litho-carp
eu-trophy lith0-graph
geo-centric er,-- lith0-glyph
geo-desy c:r-...----.. lith0-me.ncy
ge0-graphy lith0-tomy
f' geo-logy litho-type
:_:;--,- geo-metry mete.-basis
helio-cen trie mete.-genic
--
helio-chrome mete.-lepsis
v-- heli0-gre.ph mete.-morphic
--
r--tl helio-met.er mete.-phoric
":> helio-trope meta-phre.se
0--- hetero-clit.e ___, mete.-physics
hetero-dox miso-ge.mist
heter0-geneous misO-ge.my
heter0-gre.phy ,.......v-' miso-gynist
,.....--
{;Y) heter0-pod
hepte.-glot ,,,--, miso-gyny
misO-theism
'::z._. hepte.-gon -e, mytho-grapher
-
'- hepte.-hedron __.,-z9. mytho-logic
homo-centric --#- mytho-logist
homo-geneous ---tJ- myth0-logue
u . homo-logous
homo-gre.phic
myth0-ple.sm
myth0-poetic

Dlgiti,edbyGoogle
-----
PBEFIXES. 109
ortho-doxy philo-technic
ortho-graphy phono-graph
ortho..logy phono-grapher
- octa-gon -""'b phono-graphf
L-- octa-hedron --,..., phono-type
L.-,. oct&-ndria
....--,, phono-typy
&---- octo-gamy

phos-phate
,>-- octo..gynous
--.J--
phos-phite
octo..petalous phos-phoric
-/ phos-phorous
octo..pod
octo..style physio-gnomy
physio-logy
ornitho..logy --,,,c.
ornitho..lite physio-gra.phy
""t7
ornitho..mancy poly-glot
/- ornitho..scope
r?7
poly-pode
osteo..scope poly-syllable

//P' osteo-geny

poly-technic
vi:/ osteo..gra.phy

proto-col
osteo..lite proto-ma.rtyr
osteo..manty proto -type
osteo..pla.sm
proto - pla.sm
/'---
osteo-tomy steno-graph
steno-grapher
pa.ra-dox
1
1'1---f:;/
pa.ra-gon /4.-.--t,
steno-graphy
pa.ra-llel -t.--t:,, stereo-graph
,,;) -, pa.ra.-mount -1,--1 stereo-meter
">- pa.ra.-phrase
'n-,
stereo-scope
para-site
penta-chord 1?, stereo-type
topo-graph
penta.-gon topo-Iogy

penta.-meter
penta-teuch
---..,,,/ / theo-cracy
theo-gony

peri-gee
peri-helion
......,,.,,, theo-logy
theo-pathy
_../A
peri-od typo-graphy
peri-phery
typo-lite
philo-math typo-logy

philo-logy 7.00-gra.phy
philo-sopher zoo-logist

philo-pena
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
1
PREFIX:Jl:S OF SAXON ORIGIN.

1
1
/':'- all-abandon _,_P out-cast

/O all-cheering out-crop
all-hail out-fit
out-growth
all-im portan t
after-clap

out-last
after-crop out-law
after-noon out-lay
r after-thought

out-line
V-
-
after-wards out-pour
be-deck out-rageous
be-fall out-right
out-ward
be-fore
-;;;, be-guile over-act
-----
be-have over-anxious
ty
---.o--- be-half ;,,-o over-aroh
be-held over-balance
be-hoof over-bear
-::3
-_,a_ be-hind over-estimate
--..,,
be-wail over-look
be-ware over-reach
by-bidder over-pay
by-business up-bear
-.__ by-gone up-braid
--.._
by-lanc up-heave
by-laws up-held
by-path up-holster
--..:,_.
"'-;o
by-road up-lift
c9 fore-arm up-right
fore-bode up-sct
fore-cast
y up-side
-
....__
--a._..-, fore-close with-al
-i:r- fore-end with-draw
fore-father with-hold
out-bid with-in
out-break with-out
out-burst _,d.- with-stand
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PREFIXES. 111
LESSON XXVI.
PREFIXES REPRESENTED BY SPECIAL SIGNS.
l. The following list comprises but few simple
prefixes; the most of them are compound prefixes,
each of which would employ several strokea to write, and
therefore requires a simple sign.
2. These signs consist, in most cases, of the first letter
or letters or the first and last letters of the prefix, and
are therefore easily remembered.
3. In writing, the prefix sign is generally indicated by
drawing the following character across it, or parallel with
it.
4:. The signs for re and d1s are written attached to
the irregular side of the following character, which is
written in position to expresa the letter after it.
5. The sign for com, con, cor is written and the
following character is begun close at the right of it.
When it is followed by a vowel, as in commit, com
mand, connive, a dot is written on the vowel posi
tion to express com and the vowel, and the following
character written close after it, the separation indicating
that the dot is preceded by the cor or com-the second
m in these words is omitted because it is not necessary to
the pronunciation. If a consonant follows the com,
con, cor, as in contract, contri.ve, compose, cor
rect, the consonant is written on the vowel position, and
the following character written close after it. For cor
or comr make the dot heavy. If the consonant is fol
lowed by an m, n, r, 1, t, d, which belongs in the syl
lable with the prefix and can be written continuously
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
112 ECLECTIC BHORTHAND,
with the consonant, it is better to write it thus; as in

comprehend, comprise, computable, competi
tive, complicate, conformation, concentration.
6. The proper position for a prefix sign is on the line,
but it may be written on any position, except in case a
character is used for more than one sign, as in case of a,
t, and u, which each representa more than one prefix, and
must, therefore, be written on their proper positions.
7. The teacher should insist that the pupila study the
prefixes and suffixes until they are perfectly familiar with
them.
LI8T OF PREFIXEB AND 8IGN8.
Prejlz. Slgn. Prejlz. Slgn.
Accom, coun, a/ - Mia,
Adminis, ad :;..::- Misoon, misin, me:>
Ambi, amphi, am /- _ _ Noncom-con, n-
Autbor, au / Omni-nip-nis-niv, o(
Com, con, coun, cor, dot Precon, P"
Circum, em - Quadri, q(
Concom-cor, e/ Re, re
Dis, de ... Recom-con-cog-cor-
Discom-con-coun, d .__, cum-eoun, circle r O
Dissatis, det .__.. Selt, con, e --
Equi-quiv, e \. Subcom-con, ep
Encom, encoun, en i,__- - - Substan, eu ___,
Encour, enr lo-.; - - Trans-con, t1
Govern, gv Unac-eom-count, ung - -
Hypo-pot, hi o Undis, ue ':\. _ -
Inac, inc i--- Uncon, un--
Indis, indus,
lrrecon-cog,
;r-_
Incom, incoo, incum, m!,8. _ __
ll' ,
Unrecom-con,
Unsatis,
Excom, cor,
unr .'.\--
un "'
:s: --
Magnan-im, m --
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PREFIXES, 113
-
ILLUSTRATIONS,
r
t
Accom-modate
accom-modation
--
--
---ti--
conce-al
conce-ive
--
__
accoun-table consi-gn
sccoun-ting consump-tion
,,
----
adminis-trate consi-st
A' adminis-tration concia-ion
,re- adminis-trated conces-sion

adminis-tratrix
adminis-trator
"'<. oonsis-tory
comfor-t
-1
adminis-trative ,..,_ compa-ny
,.,_
L_
ambi-ent compe-nd
ambi-dexter "'h compe-tition
f amphi-bian "J. compat-ible
amphi-bious .,_ ...., compli-ment
.,/
J__
author-ize compli-cation
author-ity ,,_ compre-ss
author-ities '7--. compri-ses
author-ization compul-sory
,-
author-izes 'p' compel-s
-
circum-stance -;;- compul-ion
..._.-,-,
circum-stantial conclu-sion
circum-vent conclu-sive
-"
circum-ference e- conclu-ded
?:!
circum-pola.r e-- conclu-des
concom-itant ,,_.. confli-ct
concor-dant con1lu-ent
,,,,,,-,
com-mand consti-tution
com-mend constru-ct
,,,-.
--
com-muned constri-ct
/ com-mit (/{) congre-gation
_
com-mingled (/__.? congre-ssional
cont-ained ........ ......
,-
1- combi-nation
. _____,.
__
conte-nd -.... confu-sion
,.,.,,--.
1-- conte-ntion ,,,,..--,,
_,,
conspi-cuous
-
contra-et confor-m
,/ contri-ve ---a- confor-mation
,___
6- contor-tion confir-m
contu-sion _,, confir-mation
Digiti,ed by Google
rr
----. consum-me.tion hypoth-ece.te

_:__; conso-le.tion hypoth-esis
_yv
'--"' conju-ge.tion
contem-ple.tion V
hypoth-ecator
hypoth-etic
1--" conster-nation t-- inac-cure.te
--
'- ine.c-cessible
corre-spond
V corru-ge.te indis-tinct
"? corru-pt r indis-creet
r-=-
comre.-des indis-soluble
dis-may indis-crimate
dis-sever t- incon-clusive
/
/)
dis-cover +--- incom-mo<le
incum-bre.nce
dis-puted
-
.,......_
dis-fe.vor irrecog-nizable
dis-perse irrecon-cilable
r"\
dis-e.nnul -r magne.n-imity
dis-e.llow
dis-engage
dis-course
7

magne.n-imous
mis-ste.te
mis-fea.sanee
dis-like rniscon-strue
disconcer-ted miscon-struct
mism-form
....---
discon-tentetl
:z__
discom-posed noncon-formity
disse.tis-fied --V-- noncom-
dissatis-fe.ction ple.cency
equi-e.ngule.r f--- omnip-i>tent
equi-poise omnip-resei.t
equiv-oce.te omnis-cient
equi-distant omniv-igant
!>o? encom-pe.ssed omniv-agous
i..:.- encom-ium precon-sidered
A
encoun-ter precon-form
encour-e.ged quadri-lateral
govern-mcntal quadri-lineal
i,,.---
govern-ance quadri-mnnous
e:,,--'

O'-- govem-ess 0----- re-fuse
govern-s
govern-or
<,

.... re-mind
re-me.nd
,--- ""
r-r
hypo-chondrie.c re-miss
hypo-crisy e.- re-te.in
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
REVIEW. 115
re-pose
O?
'"f. substan-tially
z
o.y
0/)
re-press
re-pute _,,_ trans-ter
trans-mit
re-linquish trans-pose
re-late trans-port
o.-.__ re-frain r- trans-late
re-gard r- transcon-
re-course tinental
re-ceipt unac-ccptable
re-resolve unac-countable
re-retrench undis-mayed
recom-pense undis-guised
ty1-J
recon-sider )r? undis-puted
6 ,, recom-mend uncon-cerned
--o-- self-ish '1---- uucom-
-r
--
self-ishly plimentary
self-ishness )f' uncon-scious
self-willed unrecon-ciled
self-love unsatis-fied
self-control unsatis-factory
self-couscious excom-municate
_.,....__. substan-ces excom-
-,;Y"' substan-tive munication
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What is a pre:fix? What three classes of pre:fixes are

given in Lcsson XXV? How are the pre:fixcs in the
three lists written? What class of prefi.xes is given in
Lesson XX VI? How are they represented? What is
the object of writing a.cross the signs? What signs are
disconnected? Explain the writing of com, con.
What is the proper place to write a sign? What signs
are written with reference to position? How is re
written? How is dis written? Have you mastered the
pre:fix and snffix signs?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPTE. VI.
LESSON XXVII.
WORDS OF FREQUENT OCCURRENCE,
The following wode are of euch frequent occurrence
tha.t you ehould repeatedly practice them during the
progreBB of your etudy until you can at length write them
at a rate of two hundred to two hundred and fi.fty worde
a minute. The written characters are not word-eigne,
but, with few exceptione, are full expreesione of the worde
which they represent. The few exceptione, which ma.y
be called word-eigne, are given in italice.
A 1 account ,..
--
arm
aa (-=:, acknowl- ,,./ arms
an edge armed
f am
aim
1, advise
ahead
.,,...._,, around
arise
( and I
{ afraid array
,,.- ali I aflord ,r art
/ a1so aft.er
'/
,,.-J a.rts
always I aver artist
,. "'
e
alone I avert army
/ are ( again aak
i
/" at I, against amount
/' add r" age (aj) among
I apt agent L. amend
'
abide /"t.
(
( about
agente
agency
l. amend-
ment
according {, another '- any (en}
116
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WORDB OP' ll'BEQUENT OCCURRENCE, 117
appear ....... .,,,--,-
-"
brood country
a.dvan- ........ broad concert
......
------
bride ;,,---'_J. contract
._
tage
average brute ,.-/" conven-
awake brief
,...,,,-- tion
/
--
aware beyond converse
.,,.,,,,, ..... conven-
---
away buai"6118
be
by, buy 1/

call
can /?
ient
cope
/1"'
.....
bad
bid ,,,,.-- came
card '?>""
covert
choose
--i:, bear cash chief
........ bet come cheap
..... bought ce.n't )o cheat
--
better cannot '! 'C) cheer
"'"b butter car () chair
but care chairman
a-
-
been
'- cure chain
-
blow collect "b'---' chosen
below
\.
.__.,
collection day
: ---
blame connect ..._p dare
-
bleed control ....._p dear
...,,. blees contrive die
-
beyond /// compete dead
bill e--- claim delay
r--
....._---- because class did
,,,,,--
<:--
------
become close discount
'--. being
., could .# dispose
---
':::o, begin commit do
. --
""'--- between J,, commits
believe (. commit- deem
belief tee done
lJefore com- _, don't
\'
-

(fro)
behind
both
break
,__./
,,_
menee
com-
menees
complaint __...,
do not
dun
duty
dark
...... --:z..
-

...... bright
bread
count
counts
declara-
tion
...... breed county d read
Dig,tized byGoogle
--
dream fall V-- grave
-
---
---
dress --o fare great
(/
farro
drive o r- ground
....._p during favor
v gentle-
--
.....__ each frame men
-........,:,
either feel t.L- govern
-
---
\. eaet .--::,
fill
bJ-,
govern-
earth full ment
.... effort find have
... (
"
even found hand
ever fly has
(1
(
every I' fleet o
hall
eat
-
'-- f flight ( happy
\ end f flat o he
'---- enough fonn o head
\ enter from
o heat
enterprise

forever
o hide
----
enter-
'
forward held
o---'
prises
-:, forget o
heal
evil freedom heap
--=
-
equal frail '-> help
\_.,
'-' else fresh helm
eminent ---::,_ frequent
I him
I
---
eminence freely his
evidence ----, fruit o hit
evident v gay o hid
't gave
o
---
evince hot
..,
{/
..__.
examine u give hub
exist ,. go o hill
exhaust V' gone o
hole
execute u get hold
excite u God o her

----:s expose u good e hear
--, extra u

got o how
extent glad l.
heaven
--.r; except himself
"e/
glow
},
far gold hereafter
u }
"
fear grow herein
fire (/ grain
v--i:,
here
for green fore
Digit,zed by Google
WOBDS OF FBEQUENT OCCUBBENCE, 119
I honor law male
'..
o--- house
human
I
laws
lawyer
lie
mail
mark
margin
e7e low machine
eyea late magnifl.-
1am let cent
in light majesty
include liable v manage
indorsed little -i. mankind
invoice lot.s manner
if later --, matter
is letter mere
it laid moqe
_,/ I will(il) led more
.., ,, item load many
../ its laugh ---""money
/ itself leave morning
Y- join lite --O much
J---,judge live meaner
judgment ]ove -, meet
__,,.,..,
t....:
ust level -- Mr.
_y en J-ce language ___, Mre.
J juror land __._ motion

jury lend mention
_./ July long - meaning
_9- June like minute
knell look minor-er
knit leap mount
knotol- lift _(b, multiply
edge Lord -== multitude
keep may name
kind me new
kite m7 no
knock _made none
knave --:, make --""0nor
know ___man now
known ___ main --, not
large ___ mean nerve
lay ___ mine never
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
night prevent reproach

oh, owe presa reprieve
/ of presume repeal
L often quantity reply
ofier
on
quality
queer
regalo
repair
/
/ _./' one quire repeat
/ OWD quick repute
/ or quickly rough
order quench rival
organ quit relate
oral quiet rely
other quote 4l-- relent
others question revive
owee ran - ,,b revert
owing(o) run o-/ reverse
/ owning read revoke
l. owner
owner-
ride
rash
o./ ..
-
reverend
say
tf ship reach sad
--
L open rest sail
-
I oppose receive sake
v
opposite receipt same
-
opem respect sample
' obtain / respect- see
/ old fully seen
'
/> older ) ripe seem
out remain seal
outer o remain- seek
outside der seat
our remember ----=
___,
sell
- ours remark
= set
--
outlet remedy side
/l. party
parties
reminis-
cence
sift
80
/"),
/Y' possible reason soul
precision risen - sorne
"'J.,
/l.-- prefer regard - sum
regret - suit
prefer-
ence report --O such
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WORD8 OF FREQUENT OCCURRENCE, 121
__., sent splendid '-- trade

senate spot true
senator subject trust
sermon suggest treasure
...,, shall succeed z_treason
.9 sbed --:.i... success -.,-- therefore
,A,? ship --i.. successful therefor
A" sbarp -- sublime therein
safe -- submit --' t.hereat
sail _.._ suflicient ? tbereafter
same - _summon thereby
season suppose thorough
sbepherd '- BUStain tborough-
shop -- sudden fare
short- tbe tbeory
hand tbee UB
sbould take under
sbort taken under
shorten I to take
shortly t-- time \\ until
shorter L- tide \ up
--1
stay
state 1 tears
till
"'\
'\
upper
upon
-1 states 6 teach upward
,t.- stand that union
standard thought '\ unto
--
-1 still thin unmanly
steal there ---i, urge
---
stock them ---,_ urgent
style three ">.. V uaual
scare through . \\ united
school threat universal
8 qfJ scbolar tbreaten --..:,,,,-- unlike
-
skill theater nnquall-
speak thankful ffied
speaker these \./ untk
-
speed those ful
speech ___, thus utterly
special thick utmost
specially thy uaeful
Digit,zed by Google
\- uaually J, wise wide
/
very woes
2
/i weighed
vice wisdom (wa)
0:id
vain
::Y- word
/ SL-' worse
./ ,,,.....J> worth
wait
will
win
value --: wonder won
volume worthy well
,,,,..- v vacant --::::=--worthless with

=:::::
,..............view work watch
Y / world
'/v
i :n;
veasel wash
woman wom
won ye
_/ would yes
virus dd which yes sir
venom d what year
_/ when yean;
---; ::y where you
--- uithin wherefore yours
withal whereas your-
-3
__,.,-_ without wherein selves
war el why youth
,,:
:3
were while (uth)
wire who(hu) young
; wore
was
whose
whom
(ung)
PROPER NAMES,
Aaron / Alvah Barnabas
Abner Alvin
_,,c:..- "---,' Basil
Abraham Amos
l.__,, Benedict
Adam / Andrew '----7/ Benjamin
Adolphus Anthony Benoni
Albert Archibald Bemard
Alexander -= Arnold '-u .;__Barnard
Alfred L__ Augustus, Bethuel
Allen J. Aurelius .-Boniface
Alonzo Azariah '"-?:,-- Byron
Alpheus Baldwin Caleb
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PBOPEB NA.HES, 128
Calvin -:-Z Erastus Hugo
y Charles Ernest Humphrey
Christian Ethan Isaac
e,-i--., Christopher'-= Eugene }:- Isaiah
e----- Clarence L E van :J Israel
r----- Claudius V Ezra L Ivan
Clement Felix Ivory
Conrad ...----_,._ Ferdinand Sj /"" Jabe,:
Constant Festus _JI:: Jacob
Cornelius --./ Francis Z-..., Jairus
, a.' Cyrus ----:, Frank _,,,_ James
Daniel --,--::-Franklin ------ Jared
y
.__...,,r Darius Frederick _./ Jason
--:::- David Garret -/ Jasper
---e" Dennis George ..._,/ Jeffrey
,_.,Y--
----, Dexter :._,Jlr-' Gerald ....JL--"r-Jeremiah
__,-..::::. Donald Gerard Jerome
Duncan Gilbert Jesse
\__ Eben Giles Job
Edgar lY--' Goddard Joel
\...____Edmund Godfrey ,_/ John
ward U,A.. Gregory ....J-7 Jonas
Edwin Griffith Jonathan
Egbert Oustavus ._....., ' _ Joseph
"' V Guy ......,)<..J Y Joshua
./ Eldred
'---" Eli Hannibal Josiah
Elias ti--- Harold :,t:'- 0 '---Julian
, 0 Elijah L Heman Julius
Elisha Henry Justin
. / Ellis v Herbert Justus
'-----o Elmer U- Hcrman e:::::...__ Laban
"-- Elnathan r,-- Iliram Lambcrt
Emanuel ( Ilomer tJ-- Laurence
Emery 9 _/' Horace Lazarus
V
\.. Emory ( u Iloratio Leander
Eneas Ilosea Lemuel
\.,'
=----- Leonard
>,l
Enoch
Enos Ilowell
::: rt . rd
Erasmus ; -
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
l,,---r:> Osear
:::l L.__ Osmond , =
Silas
i Silvester
Lorenzo [_::? Oswald --'\.._ Simeon
Louis Owen .___,,_Simon
-;;
Lubin l-/ Ozias .... ,e Solomon
Lucius Patrick .-i--- Stephen
?/ Luke Paul ... .,;:;, Sylvanus

Luther Paulus Thaddeus
Lycurgus Peter ---.....__ Theobald
Marcellus Philander Theodore
__;;-- Mark Philemon -E::. Theophilus
'--E- Martin --'6 Philip Theron
/
Meredith
Matthew
Maurice O
r---
Phineas
Quentin
Ralph
___ Thoruas
Timothy
t..- Titus
a__p Randa!
cr=
__;:;,,= Michael '----/ Tobias
_.___., Miles Raphael u,_ Tristam
Morgan 0 -Raymond Ulysses

Moses '}-- Reuben ............ Urban
_2_
Na.aman o-- Richard -......_':::;- U riah
.,.,
o- Nahum q,.., Robert Valentina
-::.-
---=> Napoleon Q....t> Roderick _.-ry Victor
Nathan Rodolph Vincent
Neal eJJ Roger ......-!f-- v1v1an
--e,._
Nicholas
Rola.nd :.t?, Walter
_,,,--Noah Rowland Wallace
Noel Rudolph Walker
=-9- Washing-
L 0 Norman O- Rufus
Obed 57 Rupe1t , ton
z----.-octavius mpson Wilbur
_.,.-- Oliver Samuel _.A' William
Orestes --P "<::Saul _.J2_ Willis
Orlando ---r---s1gismun<l J-_-wnson
NAMES OF THE MONTHS AND DAYS OF THE WEEK
.Y- January - May .__.:::::> September
February
June L..,. October
-:-0 Maroh __ ;r July . ,,,,,- November
April ( August .___/ December
'
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
WRITING EXERCISE, 126
'-L---'"S"Sunday J-Wednesday .._ Friday
-----1.Monday Thursday '---o---sSaturday
Tuesday
NAMES OF THE UNITED STATES AND TERRITORIES,
Alabama Montana
.,,,-- Arkansas Nebraska
Arizona Nevada
California '--. o . New Hampshire
- . .-9,
Colorado
-.. New Jersey
Connecticut
Delaware - '--
/:
NewMexico
New York
Dist. Columbia
- North Carolina
---
. .___...,
Florida North Dakota
Georgia Ohio
Idaho
lllinois
Indiana
-
/l
_,.
., _../
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Rhode Island
------------
ludian Ter, South Carolina
Jowa ...____,. ..__..., .. South Dakota
Kansas Tennessee
Kentucky Texas
Louisiana Utah
Maine Vermont
Maryland Virginia
.--:
1'
Massachusetts Washington
......./
Michigan West Virginia
Minnesota Wisconsin.
Missouri Wyoming
WRITING EXERCISE OF WORD8 ILLUSTRATING COHPARA
TIVE SIZES,
Pay, play, pat, patted, go, glow, got, goad, goaded, pea, plea,
pet, pet.ted, glue, gray, grade, graded, great, grated, pray, prate,
prated, hay, hail, bate, hated, high, hill, hide, heated, hair, hurl,
heart, hearted, hoar, board, hoarded, whcel, whet, whetted, why,
while, white, whited. shay, shall, shade, shade<.I, shc, shell, sheet,
sheeted, show, shoal, shot, shotted, chew, chill, chide, chided, cheat,
cheated, foal, foaled, folded, full, fulled, fell, felled, fail, failed, sail,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
salt, salted, seal, sealed, soil, soiled, mail, malt, malt;ed, meal, melt,
melted, mile, milled, mold, molded, moulted, wall, walled, well,
welt, welted, will, wilt, wilted, vail, vault, vaulted, veil, veiled,
call, called, kill, kilt, kilted, coal, oold, cull, culled, fur, furl,
car, carl, careful, cur, curls, bar, barre!, sore, sorrel, sorrowfol,
war, warily, wearily, mar, marl, merely, merrily, near, nearly,
year, yearly, bare, barely, raid, railed, red, reeled, rod, rolled,
rude, ruled, raise, rails, rest, reels, rise, rills, rose, rolls, ruse, rules,
ream, realm, rent, relent, rely, relied, relies, really, relay, relate,
raise, rails, raids, rates, read, reads, ride, rides, rod, rods, reef, relief,
rock, rollic, reave, relieve, flay, late, flee, lea, fleet, !et, fly, lie, light,
flight, flow, low, float, lot, floe, loo, lute, flute, her, hurl, hurled,
stay, state, stated, stow, stowed, stew, stewed, stodied, stray, strayed,
strew, strewed, steer, sterile, start, starlit, fay, fame, famine, fle, flne,
foe, foam, foeman, fee, phenomenon, phenomena, oo, come, oommon,
say, same, salmon, sea, seen, seaman, sue, sum, summon, woe, win,
woman, neigh, gnat, name, knee, neat, neigh, night, nine, no, not,
knowo, new, nut, none, they, that, than, thee, threat, them, then,
though, thought., thumb, day, date, damn, die, did, dim, dime, din,
do, dot, don, due, dud, dumb, bay, bat, bao, bee, beet, bean, by, bit,
been, bow, bought, bone, blow, boo, but, bun, bloe, tire, tireless,
up, upon, as, assert, ascent., an, and, amen, ache, act, again, account,
eve, eft, even, at, added, atom, are, art, arm, ire, irate, iron,
ali, ailed, alone, folly, sally, silly, mealy, slow, slot, slowly, sly,
slight, slightly, dash, dashed, ditch, ditched, cash, cashed, wash,
washed, wish, wished, witch, witched, match, matched, flsh, flshed,
fresh, freshet, gnash, gnashed, notch, notched, lash, lashed, leach,
leached, rush, roshed, reach, reached, botch, botcbed, crash,
crashed, crush, crushed, brush, broshed, gash, gashed, smash,
smashed, mash, mashed, snatch, snatched, smelt, smelted, swell,
swelled, dwell, dwelt, twill, twilled, goal, gold, gall, galled, peel,
peeled, poll, polled, pul!, pulled, pall, palled, maul, mauled, name,
gnat, nay, may, man, mammon, nine, night, nigh, my, mine, mni
mum, known, not, know, mow, moon, damn, date, day, say, same,
salmon, than, that, they, fa, fame, lamine, a, and, amen, eve, eft,
even, up, upward, upon, ache, act, again, it, tem, are, art, arm,
east, essence, ape, apt, appear, apart, up, upward, upon, hope,
hoped, ham, hand, him, hint, hum, hunt, heave, heaved, heaven.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPTER VII.
PHRASE-WRITING.
LESSON XXVIII.
l. In epeaking, many phraeee are uttered rapidly and
in a continued tone, ae if by a eingle impulse of the
voice. Such phraeee are often written without lifting the
pen, the worde being united, in imitation of epeech.
The ea.ving of movemente in lifting the pen from word
to word ie a practica} argument in favor of phraee
l writing; moreover, well-conetructed phraeee are perfectly
legible.
2. In thie eyetem, phraeee are conetructed by four
different methode.
FIRST METHOD OF PHRASE WRITING.
3. Thie method comprises phrasee of two words,

in which the Iaet word is a or an, the, I, to, you;
ae to a, to the, to you, do a, do I, do the, do to,
do you; all such phraees are written by a.dopting a.e a
word-eign the character which writee the first word of
the phraee, which eign is written on the eeveral poeitions
to denote the a.ddition of the worde a or an, the, I,
to, you; thus b, which is used a.e a word-sign for by, ie
written on the first position for by a, on the eecond poei
tion for by the, on the fifth position for by you. D,
127
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-
128 ECLECTIC SHORTHATD.
used as a eign for do, is written on the first position for

do a, on the second poeition for do the, on the third
poeition for do I, on the fourth position for do to, and
on the fifth position for do you. The worcls by and
do are called phrase-words, the words a, an, the,
I, to, two, you, are called position phrase-words,
and the written character is called a phrase-sign.
4. The phrase-words which are represented by signe
and used in thie method of phrase-writing are given
in the following columna:
LIST OF PHRASE-WORDS AND SIGNS OF THE 'FIRST
XETHOD.
all "--4don't nor

( after for
--i:,
----
---, not

-
and ..- from of
/ are (/ get-got I on
as v give / or
----
at o how / over
o
'
- before had r) paid
but have that
'- by ,/ in to
/can is CI what
- do just el-- when
done know ol where
Practice theee phrase signe until they are very familiar
to you.
RULE 13,
5. Position-phrase writing. -
Write phrase-word signs of the first method on
the 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 positions to add the words
a or an, the, I, to, you.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
POSITION-PHRASE WRITING. 129
6. .&mark.-Except the words before, if, have,
as, all, in the above list, each sign clearly suggests
. the word which it representa. If is represented by f,
instead of i, beca.use i is used for is and ca.nnot
represent two signs; 1, instead of a, is used for all,
beca.use upward a is used for at; v is used instead
of h for have, beca.use h is used fQr how; z is
used instead of a for as, beca.use a is used in writ
ing severa.l words, viz. : as, a, an, and, am, all,
are, at.
7. In the following table, each group contains first
the phrase-word, then the position phrase-words, and
la.st the written phrases. The phrases in the first group
a.re a.fter a, a.fter an, after the, after I, after you.
' --
--
TABLE OF FIRST METHOD PHRASES,
a-an /
( at { the /
J_ _ before { f -
-
-(-- you / do
-- a-an
the
j --......
you
--
t? for {I
-
t? ( a-an to
a-an you
fhe
....... frora
(
and { the ( but a-an
I -r- - to
{ t_he
--
you you you
t
a-an I a-an ....._
{ h:n
------
I
are { :! by { the
you
get
got to (.,,,
you
you v
a-an a-an
the the
as {I :-,..... can {I
to to
you you
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-r f
the th e
o
had
o
know I --- ov r to-two
M
e-
you
Z
r
e
-
e
..
you you 1
o to
{F
o
the
futh
r- r
M /')
nor
{- '
o
how u
paid
you
e o --o
/')
-.:,--
you
-0-"'" "7
rr -
the
o --., r
_,,,,. never th yon

{HD
o
-....-
a-an
fu
to
r the
-r
you
_.,.
e
have { the
../ to
that
{-I

L you -::;:; 1 the

- not
{- __-
you
-
a-an
--
to
.. lhu
ih
you
{r f
if e d
{-
el
of the
.,/ d--
two you
what
{-the you
_,/
.,,.,.,.,
r
-
)
fu
J
r
you
in ..,,_ ,,,../
er-
the when -
to
/ a-an
on
J
a-an two
d--
J /
{ the you you
d--
r
j ;-
-
is
the the
;, {-
to
/ el
e or I where I
1
M
/
just
d
two
you you
,cf- .
you
/ to d
r / d
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
..
Wha.t is phra.se-writing ? What fa.et in favor of
phra.se-writing ? How ma.ny methods of phra.se-writing
a.re used in this system? Wha.t phra.ses a.re written by
the first method ? How a.re they written ? Repea.t the
list of phra.se-words used in the first method. Repea.t
the rule. Wha.t phra.se-words of this method a.re rep:re-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
SECOND METHOD PHRASE-WRITING. 131
sented by arbitrary signa ? Give the reasons for each

arbitrary sign. What is a phrase-word ? What is a
phrase position-word ? What is a phrase-word sign ?
What is a phrase-sign ?
LESSON XXIX.
SECOND M:ETHOD OF PHRASE--WRITING.
l. This method comprises phrases of three words, the

first and laat words being the same, while the middle
word is a preposition or conjunction.
2. In these phraaes the first word is written on its
proper position; the second word is omitted, and the
third word is written close by, or attached to, the first, to
indicate the omiSBion of the middle word; as, by and by
is expressed by writing b on y position for by and the
laat word written close by it.
3. The connectives to and and are generally indi
cated by uniting the first and last word of the phrase,
while by and after are shown by writing the first and
last words near together.
TABLE OF SECOND :METHOD PHRASES.
// One byone broader and broader

-=::, daybyday higher and higher
---- dayto day nearer and nearer
_ -dayafter day dearer and dearer
over and over less and less
// ever and ever o ..,, more and more
forever and ever ali in ali
...
'-'- by the by each to each

byandby outand out
better and better hour byhour
brighf;er and brighter Jower and lower
. rng,1,,edbyGoogle
again and again

time to time
__.;,-- wider and wider item by item
farther and farther older and older
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
What kind of phrases are comprised in the second
method? What is omitted in writing these phrases?
How are the omitted words representad? What omitted
word is expressed by joining the first and last words?
What omitted words are suggested by disconnecting
the first and last words? Repeat the phrases of this
method.
..
LESSON XXX.
THIRD METHOD OF PHRASE-WRITING,
l. This method consiste in attaching the signe of sev
era! phrase-words together.
2. For this method of phrasing, signe are used to
represent the most comon words, these signe being the
characters which are used on position to write the words;
thus, e, written on the severa! positions, expreSBes the
words say, see, sigh, so, sue, all of which, except
sigh, are frequent words, likely to occur in many
phrases, and e, as their representativa, becomes a valu
able sign.
3. The words in the following list, used as phrase
words, are of frequent occurrence in common phrase
ology and are, therefore, represented by suggestive signs
to be used as phrase-word signs, the sign in each case
being the character or characters which are used posi-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THIBD llETHOD PHRASE-WRITING. 133
tionaJiy in writing the words for which it is used as a

phrsse-word sign. Each sign is used for the common
words, which it expresses when written on the several
positions, with the exception of d, for tb.e, tb.y,
tb.ough, d minute for tb.em, tb.en, than, a.nd dr
for tb.ere, which a.re used only sfter an upward character
when tb. would not unite readily, and you must become
perfectly familiar with esch sign a.nd the phrsse-words
for which it stands, beca.use such familiarity is not only
neceBBary to become a rapid writer, but is equaJiy impor
tant in rea.dy reading.
4. Two or more phrase-word signa united become a
phrase-sign.
5. Let thc teacher thoroughly drill the pupil on this
list of words a.nd signa, so tha.t he will at sight of
the phrase-sign reca.11 the words which the sign repre
senta.
LIST OF THIRD METHOD PHRASE-WORDS AND SIGNS.
8ION8. PBBA81lW0BD8. 8ION8. PBBA8EW0BD8.
a (up)-a. bt-bad, but, bought.
a (down)-as. br-bear, hare, buyer, bore.
e.t (up)-at. brt-bright, brought.
e.t (down)-about, apt. bst-best.
e.n {down)-and, again. bl-blow.
e.n (up)-a, am. bn-been.
e.r-anotber. b (heavy)-business.
a road, aboard, c-could.
e.rt i(down)- h
e.rd a!raid, afford. cr-care, car.
atr-after. cl-call, kili.
aat-as it. cm-n-came, can, come.
agt-act. crm-cream, crime.
aag-ask. d-day, die, do, due.
ashn-action. d-tbe, thy, tbough.
b-be, by, huy . dd-did, dead, debt.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
dm-n-deem, done, then. i-1, eye,

dm-n-them, then it (short i)-it.
dr-draw, dry, drew. in (minute i)-in.
dr-dare, dear, dire. iet-is it?
drm.-n-<lrawn, drain. j-just, judge, gentlemen.
dtr-debtor. jr-jury.
ds (minute loop)-days, does, dies. 1-all, will.
e-, each. lt-late, let, light, lot.
et-eat, east. ld-laid, led, lead, load.
en-ven. m-may, me, my.
er-ever. mk-make.
er-either. mr-mar, mere, more, Mr.
f-if, few. mm-man, men, mean, mine.
fr-before. mnr-manner, minor, meaner.
fr-far, fare, fair, fear, ftre, for. mahn-motion.
fm-n-fame, fine, fun. n-no, know, now.
frg-forgi ve-gave. nt-not.
frm-frame, from. nd-and.
fnr-ftner. nr-near, nor, no sir.
nl-knowledge.

fl-fill, file, full, fall, fell, feel.
fct-fact. nn (minute n) - name, none,
fctr-factor. known.
ft-fat, feet, fight, fought, foot. nr-never.
g-gave, give, go. o (downwards)-on, one, own.
gr-grew, grow. o (upwards)-off, of.
gt-d-get, got, God, good. or (downwards)-offer, over.
grt-great. or (upwards)-other.
gn-m-gain, game, gone. out-out.
grn-grain, green, grown. our-our.
h-he, how, high, who. p-pay.
ha-has, happy. pr-par, peer, pour.
he-he. pt-d-pet, put, paid,
hi-his. pi-play, plea, ply.
hi (minute i)-him. pn-pain, pen.
ho-hope, home. q-question.
hd-had, head, hit, hot. qr-queer, quire.
hr-hear, here, higher, her. r-are, her, our, or.
hrd-hard, heard, hired. s-say, see, so, sue.
hl-hall, hail, he'll. sh-she, show, much.
he (minute e)-heaven. shd-sh&de, shed, should.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
135
THIRD METHOD PHRASE-WORDS.
shl-shall, shell, shoal. thnk-think, thank.
r
ahr-share, shear, shore, sure. ths-this, these, those, thus.
al-slay, sleigh, sly, slow, slue. tht--that, thought.
1
al-sole, sell. u-up, you.
am-same, seem, sorne, sum. ur-your, are.
an-sun, son, soon, seen, sign. us-us, use.
anr-sinner, summer. urd-upward.
snr-snare, sneer, snore. v-have,
ar-sir, sore. vl (minut.e retracing)--evil,
ad (loop)-said, side, sued, seed. vn-vain.
st-stay. vs-viz., vase, views, voice, vice.
stl-stale, steal, steel, still, stole. w-would, with, we, way.
att-state, stood, stout. win-within.
attd-stat.ed. wn-wan, wane, wen, win, won,
str-stray. one.
atr-star, store, steer, stear. wrn-warm, warn, worm, wom,
..
strt-straight, street, strut. pr-pray, pry.
t--to, too, two. wa--was, wise, woes.
tr-try, true, tree. wsh-wish.
tr-tare, tear, tier, tire, tour. xn--examine.
th-the, though. xm.nr--examiner.
thr-three, through. ya-yes.
thr-there. yrs-yea.rs, yours.
thrt--threat, thread, throat. ysr-yes sir.
thn-m-than, then, them, thin, z-as, is.
thine, thumb.
6. Write the following phrases for your teacher's cor

rections and suggestions:
By all, Buy them. Be there then. Can you come? Not now.
In time. In the meantime. In due time. Do so. Do not. Do
this. It ii. Is it? Is it as? It is a. Is it as a? Is it a good day?
Is it done? Is this? Is free. Do not fear. Ea.ch of you. Ea.ch
one. One more. But few. When can you go? Let us know.
Let us be. Let us have. Let us see. Let me go. It is too far.
See how near you can. See how soon you can. See here. It is
here, See how. For fear that. Far from that. Ta.ke them.
Ca.n't ha.ve. Set it down. Put it down. Give me time. Give me
-
time to think. I think so. I think not. I think that. I think
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
136 ECLECTIC SHORTH.A.ND,
you will. Wha.t is it? Wha.t is that? Wha.t is there? I wish so.
I wish tha.t. I sa.w him. I want you. I want it. I wa.nt that. I
want them. I want these. As soon as. As much as. As far as.
As well as. .As good as. In a. few days.
REVIEW QUESTIONS.
In what does the 3d method of phrase-writing con
sist? What signa are used for this method? For what
words is the character a used as a sign? For what words
is modified a used? For what words is b used? For
what words is each alphabetic character used? What is
a phrase-sign? What is a phrase-word? What is a
phrase-word sign? Repeat the rules for phrase-writing.
FOURTH METHOD OF PHR.A.SE-WRITING.

l. This method consista: first, in the combina.tion of
two or of the three methods already explained; as, in the
phrase do you see him; do you is representad by
d on u position, and the words see him are ea.ch repre
sentad by signa of the 3d method. In the phrase by
the by, by the is written by b on e position according
to the first method, and b attached for by, a.ccording
to the 3d method.
2. It consista: second, in combining with the signa of
either or of all of the three methods suggestive outlines
of words which are pot embraced in either of the lista.
0
Illustrations of such phrases abound in the following

lista.
3. The following rules should be adhered to as closely
as possible in the construction of a.U phrases.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
RULES FOR PHRASING. 137
RULES FOR GENERAL PHRASING.

RULE 1. All phrases are begun by writing
the first word of the phrase as if no other
signs were to be attached to it.
RULE II. Unite only such words as utter
ance and punctuation indicate have a natural
connection; except in very familiar phrases;
as, Dear Sir; Your letter of the.

1
'
RULE III. In phrases of frequent occur
reuce, words which are clearly indicated by the
context may be safely omitted; as, Your letter
of the fifth instau.t, may be written, Your letter
fifth; Where do you reside, may be written,
Where reside; What is your name, age, resi
dence, and occupation, may be written, What's
name age resnpshn.
RULE IV. Do not write an unsuggestive
,.. sign of a word in a phrase; rather lift the pen

and write the doubtful word on its proper
position.
RULE V. In phrasing the word you, use
,. either the character 'll or y, whichever makes

the better joining with the preceding character,
and _for the word your use either the shaded
u or y, depending on the connection. Also
....
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
for the words is and as, use downward i and

a, or z, whichever is more easily written.
RuLE VI. If the signi:ficance of a sign is
doubtful,-as the phrase I saw him. may be
read I see him. or I say him.,-indicate the
vowel sound of the doubtful word by the dia,.
critica! dot; thus a dot under s, in the phrase
given, would make it read I saw him, while
a dot over it makes it read I say bim.
4. The following liste of phl'8Bes, which are given to
illustrate the art of phrase-writing and to prepare the
student for practica! work, should be thoughtfully, as
well as rapidly, practiced.
5. Each phl'8Be is first written in full in shorthand
characters, and then phl'8Bed, that you may see clearly
the difference in the two methods of writing. In prac
ticing, write both methods, devoting much more time
to the phrased outlines. In other works, the ph1'8Bes
are printed in Roman type, instead of being fully written
out in shorthand. Having thoroughly studied the pre
ceding part of the book, you ought to be able easily to
read the written phrases, and, although to sorne students
it might seem easier if they were given in Roman instead
of shorthand characters, the advantages of this method
will, I think, soon become apparent to you. If you have
any trouble in reading the phl'8Bes, you will find in this
method a double benefit.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
1
PHRASES. 139
After OOMMON PHRASES. At
Q
6 <,
...
Dlgiti,edbyGoogle
At Ohief
....,_______

::_
,,.,..--
o' ...--o
____.'---- ;
e
,,,,---
---,,
,,-- _,
,,...---,...,
..__.__,,
y-
--
...-----_
..
.---
,,--/,1
'--
'--

,,..-- ,,,-,-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PHRASES. 141
Choice l!'ar
'-
...__
7
.. ----5'-
"-
--.....--
'--
,, ...._
''-- '-
,,..-- ,,,---- ----
----
.., Cf.
'--7:f--
..
,. - -e> -..,e,
L ,,
--, ,,-r
------
-
--o--
'b ,,
..__ '"el

{!.
---s,. .._J)

Dig,tized byGoogle
...
l!'or :e:ave
--
- b ,c:a
-
--- -<..
l,,
..
a.
--e u -
V

,/ (./
V-- (./ l./\-
...,..- cr' v
cr""'' lr-"'\ V-::,
-
)
"" (...9 u-
-
V-- ...... V)
",
;, 1/---v:!- ?' -:::::::':
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PHRASES. 143
B:e I
()
,,.-'
df '- 1,ro 9_
.P
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Digiti,edbyGoogle
PHl'..ASEB, 14
It
J.
{
:;; ,/
.. _A__
...:>-'
Y--
-7

.Y
..,ft
- _,9f'
..r---,
_ft _r-..
..
)=
_r OI
,/ e
-:/ ...)r'
:.;,
,/ -::! _r
K"',

JI(
DrgitrzedbyGoogle
][inda llllany
ti

,:::,,
;:, ,,,.-
--,
e, CL-,
v1' :::,A--
;:?
e:?

&
----
. ..
"
1
1
i

-
l ,.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
..
PHRASES. 147
ll:ay
.... lfo
:::,,
1-:
e ,,
-- /
:{
'
I 4
--o

==o
--o
= r,<::::
--.:> i.) D
-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
No Or
/ ti
p-t,
({
;;-=o
...
. =---

/ _____
- -.
-. --
..
--, --- J)
...
Digitized byGoogle
PHRASE8. 149
Put;
C
'7c.,
/ U- ((
"
Digitized byGoogle
Put Said
- <l_
--,
Dig,tized byGoogle
PHRABEB. 151
Say Stand
-
___.. ( (( ;.;::_:;;,..=::
J(
9
---,. I__ . "A .
.
. 1
r
2 9
Digitized by Google

-- ,
J
Take 11aual
__,,_-
-
..--9.-..
,,,,,.-.......-o --"' 9
-r:r-
-+
,,,,,- ...--..
,,,- --.:-

- -
1r"
......
-
,,,,.-
o " -o
-
----
/
,, 7
-\ (.
..
..
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PHRASES, 153
f.
1
r Value Why
_ _, _-r
,
1
Digitized byGoogle
-
Wby Your
_./ _,,,.....,
_/ _.,.,u
_/ __,,._,
_/
------
_./
_./
__.,,,.
...., ';',..
'' "
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PHRASES, 155
According BUSINESS PHRASES. Dally
--
rngitized by Google
156 ECLECTIC BHORTHAND.
Detened

D1gitized byGoogle
PHRASES, 157
In Pleue
P.
I ....,, _,,--, '.':"v:::::':
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
158 ECLECTIC SHORTHAXD.
Pleaae Ver,
.....,, - ,..
Dig,tized byGoogle
PHRASES. 159
Waa Youra
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
LEGAL PHRASES. Did
.----.
Digitized byGoogle
PHRASES, 161
Did How
,.
D1gitized byGoogle
I KDow
as
Digitized byGoogle
PHRASES. 163
]ll[ay Bebutting
( ol
t-
.J.,, --.o
-7
---o
-i..-------,

--.
// Q_-y
-----, -
-y
:1 I
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Upon
Dlgiti,edbyGoogle
l
OHAPTER VII.
GRADED READING AND WRITING EXEROISES.

Phe Old Oak Pree.
<: J ' ,< - ,-- ,
......
e:,,
1 -,,- r :77
t.... , I ,9 -----t, (I
,
/ :', .- 4zll<; --
r
-
.._'(
166
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
r,_r'--6
tJ t1? (/' /o 1
----

7 T
// - . , //
1
/
/
- :=::::: // . 'v
(

JI :,., .,. ( -
7 ,v ,, ( ;
q _.9--( t---= . <

) o
,,,,,,...,,- v' -... >
( / I /( = _:r--//
Digitized by Google
GRADED READING AND WRITING EXERCISES. 167
Tlie Bose and Clay.

., \
7 1 7
tf?
CY ,/J /J(
' c:;::,,q /---
, e:= o ---?
,.......,..
,
The Ox and Cal/.
-:n
/ <> / (
----
- -- I =- 7
(/
-
;;;>
--- o
/
--= ,,._.,,.. =
- -.
.......
/=- J l/ ,--
/
7 ;, "2..-.::> "- ..7
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
168 ECLECTIC SHORTHANV.
-
r- J= //
./
u L . =-- ,,
7
'l"he Old, Dame arul Malds.

i: r 1 7
-
rJ (, '-.__,.___, o' 7'
7
o-
7
' o
.9
L2
}
ll
,,_ --o oJ- Ju

The Bees and Snall.
--
lI . ___, .J_ - -- --..a-- d
"--,
Digit,zed by Google
-
o .L
e>
7 7 ' I <._ -
----
'o ' //
'
z;.;> 7 ,
J r -=--e----- ......_:. J
r -__y- , / ti
The Wolf and Fox.
7 ol
' /Jo
"'
,
--
1
-
/ i
Digitized byGoogle
-
170 ECLECTIC SHORTHANI>.
u ,<2:... /
tf
--
'1 ------
-------
Q {'
........
-----'"'-'"---....:..' ___,.------vL;,'---""-==-- c...,. L I e
-
__,.11--..-.
,,
o
1 Ie y ' //
The Fl,y and .Ant.
l p/ ( d7
., 7
. o _.,,...
7
, ,(
,, o ' .,J 7.,....
> o.=

7e::::-:: r7
/ .
,,,..,,. _.,,... P--. --o ..,.., ,
;=;;; /1 e' z. . 1e
J ...ef'
z:::::::
e:-: / r': ./ ,,. -------
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
/,"/,,f///
I ;, v ___.
.c.. .....,
----1._ \
? 1
'-. --
,
{__,Y--
...7
A ---'-----.,,,C,,=--==c-----==--.U.---
7/
I J /(
The Hart ancl Vine.
1/ o-.... ----- {". o

_.,.- t ---..
/ 9_.,,,,-- J 7
-------
= ;o:::c:::; /. '
::=::;.:.._ -t- ......_a---: -c, e
--== :::::::::z, o

.., '

.I
o ' o
7 \
/ .... )::____, tC -::::z>_y- J= /( <Z:::=:::
/"""?t.. o( 'J
1
1
Digit,zed by Google
Phe Last Bose of s,,mmer.

-,, ?
.,__,
- -
----
I
The Girl and, Chickens.

) = <.... ., ,.
/ ......
"---
, r>e:
.., J ><. --,..- <
'
= '
..
' fc c:::r ' e_... '!::::-> ,<r.?I g( O A (/ -.

? r . I -,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
GRADED READING AND WRITING EXERCISES, 173
--
o
--,
(I
e J/ 6=.:.... > ....
7 71
.., t52'b' ,,,,,.-----

,71K
V"
" ./ / ll. :::1 t'..
\.., /
te (( - o " t.__, l(
,9_.,/7, --- , 17 e
.t..::.
,, 7
/
-
,b
The New Frook.

,... , ,,,--- --- o
Digitized byGoogle
l.
---
" e z- "'9t::---::1' ,J - ll
c>,c '-=-=.: o
---:, r :;:::> '
L...... ' ,
Bread and Butter.

.,, ......... A, ..,
\.,.3 .?""':-I!. /
' ' .J
- 1 .,, > >--1' -.....; ----s

c!'.,e -- e') - r /(le' e t ( #'
<..: 7 .e r1
- ......A ' ( c:1--J o , h., H :e::::,,<
c.
rngitized by Google
6'C-yf u ,
- - ....... o --
"- ' ,
r
,p- "c, 'l, ,f>,, ,.?-e/

.( o,... e -, ' \o -.._)JtnJ
' -,
//,= / . // A
e;, r / lJ>
/ b /f/ / , --e, ,;,- e:1 ]..... c:=a,-:, t 'AJ'

.c.....__ 01 7 7 V
tf
CI ,9 t?, . 1 / #6 -'<::S G #' .-...,(V-: '

,, 2
' 9(/ =(
o . p= ,;} L' (/
C)
si= ..9
o
;
'. J ,a (( 6t:::.::=.....,
-....
"1-
......__...... '--=
.:,-,,----- 'V\s::::.:::.:; 6 , ...... - '=="'<.: <X
,._,._,..k: '-= ,. ".'.?::::::t:: /;,,
7 ""
Digitized by Goog le
176 BCLECTIC SHORTILL.
Lecttwe on a,ri BuUon&

...... ==- .,,,---- /..... , J $1 .._ ....- "\..___/-
, , - _.
-- u
)
,
"-
A
7 , r . /')
=re'
\...
o 1/
7 ......,__ .? ; ---0
I I :::,r: A: :-::::"
.,, , /
( 7 << J)
rngitized by Google
- ---
GBADED BEADING AND WRITINO EXEBCISES,
) >
<' >-- >,Ce::::,
177
'
- ?"
=z> >
?""" /9
:---V // (
, :::>
9. o /?- a. o d---, _..9ntS' 1
--- '- \...__ >
-. _9 ?== L n ( .}__7"":-
J
..._._o(__ <]1,
1"2.--
f/ v,V: 6....-
'--
:;.:> ' r7 ( - l
,,,---(
-:97<== ::r::::= 3
<: 7 :::::::::::;;:- _,
'-.
-- 'v
..__
, e: :.,
::'
9 r:c
71
'
1
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
-1
,_ '
'-., t a {( ':\ <......-- --- r, ':::"::-::1
'---_../
er-- // ,-e:::::::::::::.
z '/
C::> -=====: :,
- . I'_,/ //,al--,
r _JI
7)'

::;::> _;;,T"-

= lf ( ::::::,..,C ;;:.==,:;::: I......., ==
/ ::-e= . .........,,,- // _p'o/ L.:..., e:t,<V....
Bal>y's Sol,Uoquy.
7 {' _;.;-'< y
<
- .
e: i, ...:e:: e,/ z.::=:: :;:> ,

r - r:::=.,
-- -
L...,, ,,,, ' ,... 6= \
-;-
P., r2 <'.e5
______ ..
;,
-.......
,-,
1 o=::: 9A ,-
r'-- '
Z...
Dig,tized byGoogle

GBADED READING AND WRITING EXERCISES. 179
( 7--' _y
, n__.,1:,,. .c
/
.--.., - ::z d-
? ...... '<..-
g<"./1 ll ,r
'
_/ Z,, r
/, { ___.A
3_r-,- '
<.::::\ --. ,
?
- '---
J-- -- #e;; 1 7 .,r u<= ""'---"'('" ,

':,,J ( f -t,r 1' ----
=--< ......
{ l
/ o ..o e'
, 11
od
Those .Evening Bells.
-- -
o
----
o / v
Digitized by Google

180 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND
- . 'l!he Lot,6'1'8.
= {,o,-<J
(; o
Dig1tized byGoogle
GBADED BEADING AND WBITING EXERCISES, 181
The Pilot.
-1 - - , ;::-==. z::::,::- > 0-

/ ---;, I -11 --
A {(
z; - >- - )'
< ............- ---
I --..--
:=:::;-7 1< C-
----=,
P o - - /(, _.-J
0--
=9 ,,,-=,
.?o
----,_ '
. l. '' <
e:.:::.;>""\. 1 Q.._ 9 l&.,,,.
......-:2-.
..,- u --..-:,, '::::-._ 2 <' /'=-e=
o-
:.>=

rft
o ,,

. .,.
D1gitized byGoogle
V :;.>
"'
. .c:::,;: e, ./ --- 3-7 /
r, 1- .)J

,. r /--.. ::-=z _. /;:;,o ( ' . ol o
. -- ?
e= I( Q 6?
6 - ,. \.
' =-..,.7 ;y=-...
a-- "'--3 ,. J
I /
e tbba R Go":1b
4 ,
lJtream of Llfe.
;;- f'
, ; r r ;;:=s;,
( -o-
./ <Y ,
(;;;>
.!JL="= ...._ ...__ 6 _, e::',1
--,,
=-- .
r ---y- , ;;>
_j,,.. ..,, .,,........f
ey2",,:::--Jn ;..-: '

.1
> t
,... :::::-a:- ') H
Digitized byGoogle
Advice to Young Men.

= ' 7
7 ----p_, /
. { (I V-- -t---=---. ..__./4
, r =-7 "i z::=:,

) // ?:: ,<- , L //
7> A I(
/
----1."
;.;; 1> c.:, c.c..=:::::=:, Cf e, e:
(f .e::::::: -- , .....,_" 11
=- // (_; 7.,.
Linooln the Shepherd.

<= d/. V.... z;.:_;: C::, /< 1) S' o= -;:;,/------r'
< c:'/-,CL..,. :::::::- ((l:7-o

?'J (
I l< /_
ol,
....
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
184 ECLECTIC SHORTHAND .
......,::= t ; ,f.....j __.,. r/ u

,,,-fl L., 4 f'l-" ----- ; 19' e
Dig1tized byGoogle
OHAPTER IX.
ADDENDA.
l. Omtsston of Words.-In other systems of
shorthand it is common to suggest that in verbatim
reporting many unimportant words may be omitted, to
be supplied in making the transcript. In the earlier
editions of this system the student was informed that he
might pursue the sa.me course. I am, however, convinced
that it is a bad practice. He who omits words in writing
will be liable also to omit them in transcribing his notes,
and will often render an imperfect transcript. I have
very recently known a writer of my system to be selected
from among a large number of applicants for a valuable
position simply because, as the employer said, "You are
the only one of all that I have tested who can give me
back my words; I find that stenographers are in the habit
of leaving out all the small words, while you have put
them all in."
2. It is bad theory to provide for leaving out any
uttered word of a communication, and it argues the
incompleteness and inadequacy of any system that recom
mends it. It is a much better basis of stenographic work
to study and practice until you can write a dictation
perfectly; and then if in taking a very hurried discourse
you are obliged to omit words, regard it rather as an
185
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
indication that you need more preparation for verbatim re

porting, and practicing for speed, press on to perfection.
3. 'rhe provision wbich this system makes for a brief
writing of all the short phrases by single strokes makes it
unnecessary to omit small words, as it is quicker to write
them than to omit them.
4. The fact is, that there is no word but is at times
important; although it may be unimportant in one con
nection, in another its significance is very material to the
correct rendering of the sentence, and one who acquires a
habit of omitting a word because it is generally not of
vital importance, is as likely to omit it in the hurry of
rapid writing, when it is of great importance, as when its
value is slight.
5. If a word is omitted in writing that must be
inserted in the transcript, the writer must depend on his
memory of the dictation, or on his judgrnent of the word
demanded by the structure of the sentence, neither of
which is infallible; aJ).d there are many cases in which
either of two particles may be inserted to supply an
ellipsis, and when to insert the wrong word would radi
cally change tbe import of the sentence.
6. Omtsswn of Cotisonants.-Omit all silent
consonants, one when donbled, and any other, the omis
sion of which does not endanger the legibility of the word
from wbich it is omitted; as, f from itself, myself, modi
fication, gratification and identification; d from friend
ship and old; g from distingnished, length, etc.
7. Omission of Vowels.-WhiJe most systems
of shorthand are constructed on the principle of making
as Iittle use as possible of vowels, this system is ha.sed on
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
OMISSION OF VOWELS, 187
a different principie, and makes the utmost possible use
of them. In utterance we give time and stress to the
vowels, tripping lightly over the consonants, whilc in
shorthand, as it is genera.lly written, the vowels are dis
carded and only the consona.uta expressed.
8. The vowels being representad in this system by
linear chara.cters similar to those which are used for the
consonants, they are susceptible to the application of the
same contractions as are applied to the consonants. A
vowel stroke is often capable of receiving severa.l contrac
tions, while, if the vowel were not written, the contrac
tions would be impossible, and it would be necessary" to
write a stroke for each contraction which has been ex
pressed, and made possible only by the use of the vowel.
By the use of the vowel characters in such cases we
secura, not only the lgibility which arises from the
expression of the vowel, but also secure greater brevity
than can be possible by the use only of consonants. The
outline not only expresses the word in a brefer character,
but it comprises more of the elements of the uttered
words.
9. If a vowel is necessary to the pronunciation, it
should genera.By be written, whether it can tako contrac
tions or not. If it is the second letter of a word, it is
always expressed by the position of the preceding letter,
which may at the same time be so written as to expresa
the contractions which would naturally follow and be
added to a vowel if it were written; thus, in the word
nor, in which the r following the o is natura.By added
to it by shading, the n is written on o position, and
shaded to expresa the r which follows the position letter.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
10. If a. vowel begins a word, it is, as a rule, written,

being so written on position as to express a following con
sonant. Inflected vowels ending words, especially short
words, should alwa.ys be written; as in aeeay, allay,
obey, alloy, al.low, array, arrays, etc.
11. Una.ccented vowels in the middle or at the end of
words may genera.lly be safely omitted.
12. Omlsston of Short Initlal Prejtxes.
These may sometimes be omitted.
(a) Ac, ag, oc.-May be omitted from such words as accord,
according, accordingly, acense, acknowledge, aggressive, aggrnvate,
acquired, occur, occasion.
(b) Al.-May be omitted from such words as allow, allusion,
almost, although.
(e) Com, con.-May be omitted from such words as confuse,
confer, confess, compose, compute, comprise, contempt, congrega
tion.
(d) En, em.-May be omitted from such words as enjoy, njoys,
enjoying, enjoin, encase, enclose, entice, engrave, employ, embolden.
(f) Ex.-In words beginning with ex omit e, and write x on
the position of its following vowel.
() In, im.-May be omitted from such words as imply, implied,
improve, improved, increased, ingulfed, inclosed.
(h) Re.-May be omitted from such words as reversed, reviewed,
revived, revoked, report, reposed, replied, reply, replying, repealed,
rcqnired.
13. Omlssion of Suffl,rees.-It is customary in

other systems of shortha.nd to omit many suffixes, bnt this
system makes provision for either writing or suggesting
all terminations. A business man said: "The two sten
ographers I ha.ve had from your school were the best I
ever ha.d. Among other things, I notice one striking
fa.et, they never make mistakes in terminations. I
ha.ve had many stenographers, but I never had one
...... . ...
... .' .... .. ... .....
.. ..
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
SHOBTHAND NOTATION, 189
before who was not continually making mistakes in
terminations."
14. Technical Terms.-lt sometimes occurs in
writing that proper names, technical words, or words of
inconvenient length are frequently repeated. In such
cases, after writing them once or twice, they may be
representad by tbeir initial letter, or by a brief suggestive
outline, or by the principal elements of the words.
15. Negatlve Words.-The writing of this cla.ss
of words in this system requires no special instruction,
because the prefixes or suffixes which distinguish snch
words are written according to the rules of the system;
thus, in illogical, the prefix il is expressed by i on the
1 position. From a slight examination of the few follow
ing illustrative words, in which botli the positiva and
negativa forma are given, it will be evident that the
means of distinction between the two needs no special
explanation:
Logical, illogical; normal, abnormal; annul, disannul; constant,
inconstant; politic, impolitic; thinking, unthinking; distinct,
indistinct; reconciled, irreconciled; religious, irreligious; control
lable, uucontrollable: noble, ignoble; able, disable; kind, unkind.
16. Shorthand Notatu,n.-Many schemes have
been devised by stenographers for shorthand writing of
figures in stenographic work, and while many of them are
ingenious, none of them are used to any extent in practica!
work, the use of the Arabic notation being so brief and
simple that most stenographers prefer to use it.
17. Short numbers expressed by only two figures may
be readily and briefly written in shorthand, but it is to be
questioned whether it is not better to write them in most
cases by the use of the common numerals.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
190 EOLECTIO SHORTHAND,
18. P'l'Ope'I' Names.-Initiale and proper names

are correctly and e88ily written in thie eyetem, while the
phonographer is generally embarra.eeed by them. The
reaeon for the difference between thie and other syeteme
in thie respect is, that the alphabet in this eystem pro
vides for all the lettere of the alphabet, while the alpha
bets of other systems do not. If you will begin practicing
the writing of simple proper namee in shorthand, and
then the more compJicated ones, you will soon find that
it is possible to write them legibly, and that by writing
them in this manner you will save much time.
19. Punctuat,on.-All the marks common to
punctuation may be used in shorthand, as the stenog
raphel' understands their use; but in shorthand writing
there is no time usually for adding the punctuation,
except to indicate the end of sentences, which should be
done from the beginning in all your shorthand work, that
you may forro the habit of doing it. Two parallel ticks
seem to be the best indication of the period, since the
single dot is used 88 a word-sign. In rapid writing, if
there is not time for the writing of the period, dots at the
end of the sentence may be indicated by a longer space
between words.
20. The Dash is represented by a slight waved line.
21. Laughter is represented by the word written in
shorthand.
22. Applause is indicated by the writing of the
word in shorthand.
23. Bmphasts is indicated 88 in longhand, by
drawing one or more linea under the emph88ized word or
words.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
PROOF-READING. 191
24. The Shorthand, CapUals are used at the

beginning of a sentence, and in all other cases in which
they are necessary.
25. Preparing Copy for the Printer.-Writ
ten or printed matter for the printer is called copy. If it
is written, it should be done in a plain, legible hand; but
it is better, if possible, to have it done by the machine.
In either case, the spelling, capitalization and punctua
tion should be correctly done. Emphatic words should
be marked by drawing one line under them for italics,
two linea to indicate small capitals, and three linea for
large capitals. The writing should be done on only one
side of the paper, or if on both sides, it should be indi
cated at the bottom of the first page by the word over
written at the lower right-hand corner of the page.
26. Proofreadtng.-The printed matter prepared
by the printer for correction is called proof. In large
quantities it is usually in long sheets called galley proof.
After the galley proof has been corrected, it is usual for
the printer to furnish other proofs for a second and third
correc.tion. If proof-reading is among your duties, and
most persona in businEllls are likely to have more or lesa of
it to do, make yourself familiar with the following two
pages illustrative of proof-reading. These pages present
and illustrate the use of the technical marks in ordinary
use in correcting proof, and were prepared for this book
by a professional proof reader. These marks being
understood in the printing office, reportera and others, in
correcting for the printer, should make use of tbem.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
SPECIMEN OF PROOF-SHEET MARKED FOR CORRECTION.
r

lfr. THOJIA.. I do not wish tD presenl that as the vib of ,e_ wf-
the gentleman from lliss\issip11i i it was the view of another. .All
;,J(. I have to say is, it wa., the COrrect vw And Jet me.say it= 0
1--/ :was tbe correet viewrtbis reason, tbai::the .committce were re:- J,
stricted as to eviderlee, and eould noi gofo tho r(ii)of tbe l!V '- ../
reCerred to them in tbe pending.contest ; and Mli no gentl@ol O
f: 1
tbat committee influenced by any view of. the .case .which be mighf
)tave'from V havingl1'ooked into the V evidence..rel ating .to V tbe 94V t'
\y:. . In the case. Clark Giddings, I believe the r:,.
majoriy of the Committee on El eetions tbougbt Clark eould be(un
f
at.ed after he bad been .admitted to a 2rima f'acfo seat and had M'I,-\.,
been sworn in . .,
'UAIIV MV' c-nd it tumed out thai be was afterward unseated. j Perhaps
I
.1 am nbout to speak hastily, but I. will sa)..! tbink, if knew now
9f
-\ t<JE)n that Wiltshire. would. pon. the haring _ of Jis contesed-
:: fo cectJoncase be declared not elected to the seattill. it . would. 8'1httr.tx
'4' be tite dttty of tite C'omm'ttee .on Elections to report tbis resol -\
tion, and tite dnt of tite ouse to ndmit Jiim to a seat, until tbe
question .of uct is. ascertainc and t.he case ecided u n its mer1ts.
) ,
""
Tbe commi ttee 't1avo notl1in1en, to do with .tltat vie.w of it; tbat
,\ is a mnttor .to come. u1 betOllfter_:. : Is there any objection to tlia 1\ . , .
"g CJ ' lot !11 !f baek to whatr as about to cite, .sho.w .t\t tbia (e,;
1j
Jll
certificatc !S m proper frm , or m form ,:!ords _:wh1ch Ido llot con-
ider ma"rial), to the casef }'ostcl against CHsat. In. tbat M-\ i
o case the governor had iasued a proclamation aa to which. tbe .com
o ay it is a blank in reference to.' tbe distriet, and they ,...
did not consider it.
'I"'..
..
l(I.
r t
\;- u+n the very face of tbe .eertificate tbe overnol' ita.tea that
L\ as tit e acting governor bad f'aled} issue a eicate, for tba
.
f 1 reason he (the governor) certifies :.f that tbe fore\going- $latement ,
'>.:
with the explan\tory notes" is a " full, true, and.correet euibit .
of. tbe votes polled f'or. tbe. Representative from t.h e third congxes-i
+- sional district of' .Arkansas;/.'-Mr. WABREN . . . .?J,_ L\J
tf"'
W- I yield fifteen minute sto the gentleman from 'l'ennessee. [l{r.;
eo.t'
-,l .H].
l(r. H I want .to ask the cbirman [Mr.' Sn\n:sl if the -
_:-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
EXPLANATION.
d aleo wrltten i1'J; Lat. -t, to blot out;" technleally-shaped termina.! O (d)
J,.t, Lat. al, Jet lt st&nd. Tho dota under should not be omltted
. . ....,
em d&ah. An on d::l.sh may be more clea.rly erpre886d thus
u
the ftrst two letters ot tho word 'trtlftJll)Ml; reverse the ordcr of wonls or lett.el'S
make no paragraph. Tho lino Is lndispens&ble, but tbla wlth 'KO 9f wlll be plaln
byphen. No other mark, or rema.rk, is necessary in the ma.rgin or proof
brlng words or letters cloae together
em qua.drat. An c.:n qundro.t ebould be marked
tnm 1Lround. Thls m<Lrk Is dlffercnt trom a O but Is trequently mlst&ken for lt
bring out to Une, or bring thus far t.o lctt. To move to rlght expreBB thu J
a thln metal plate used between Jlnes.t Surta.ce of load shown on opposlte p,Lge
transpose spaee 80 as to malee proper words; change ono epace with another
i
substltnte perfect for lmperfect t1P9
=
the ftrst letters of the words UJrOft(Jfo. A font Is a series of type
make words or lettera range, or Une properly
J.. push down below thelght so as not t.o appea.r
v obeene matter enclreled. Thls mark does not necessarlly snggest errori
correctness of matter enclreled Is questloned
"'\t equalfze epace between worde or Unes
t&ke over to the beglnnlng of the next llne
9f
use !talle type. RolllAJl type should be indicated thus /W'fW
make paragra.ph.
Mt. ce\,t lnsert as copy. Thls me1Lns tho.t matter Is omltted, for whlch Reo original copy
1\ lnterrogatlon-polnt. Thls referonce should not be confounded wlth the query mark
l.e. use lowe.- Jetters. Tha ordlnary body-type of a book Is clLIJed Jower-elLSO
dlpbthong. Tbe kem over represents a. liga.to.re, and ahould alwa.ya be ma.rke<l \
"
spell lnstead of uslng figures; or tbc word or words may be ,vrttten In the margln
,6' lnverted conuna.. One of two points being wrong ( 1 ), botb may be ma.rke<.l !J
-E' take out, lea.ving no epa.ce. Th rna.rk below tho dmeana close up
>4-CCl\i6 pf,'- or lt may be lndlcated thus
''\
use small capltals. One Jetter may be marked \
- use capltals. Ono Jotter may be written l margln, thus

An cm quadrat 111 a 11paee tbe thtckncss or the Jet.ter 1n or tbe t:,pe u11ed. an eu III hu.Ir
lhaUhlckncsa, or a11paco equal to thc lettcr n
f The word 1,ad Is also u u a ,crb, a.nd meanR to lead out, or put leo.d11 between tbo Unes
t Thcc marll:s attould never appear unnot.lce1:l lu m:i.rglu or proor returncd to prlntctR; tbc
noceasary correcLlon 11bould be made or tbe rererence marked off
Dig,tized byGoogle
194 :g<JLECTIC SHORTHAND.
LONG AND SHORT VOWELS.

l. Those who may desire to employ a more definite
expression of the vowel sonnds will be interested in the
following method.:
LONG VOWELS.
I ) / \. \
a i o e u
SHORT VOWELS,
( ./ / \.. "
a i o e u
2. This use of the full length vowel characters to rep:
resent the long vowels, and the expression of the short
vowel sounds by the same characters written half length,
would make it necessary to dispense with the application to
the vowels of the principie of diminishing to expresa an
added t, d, or m, n. In so far, however, as the initial
vowels are concerned, this is not a very important con
sideration, beca.use both the t, d, and m, n, following
an initial vowel, are expressed by writing the vowel on
position.
3. This distinction would occasionally prove valuable;
as, for instance, in writing the word premise, which
is either a verb or a noun dependent on the accent and
the sound of i, ita long sound being heard in the verb,
and its short sound in the word when used as a noun.
In writing these words, the i should be written down
ward to exprese the final s. If it were written long,
the characters would expresa the verb pre-mise', while if
written short length, they would exprese the nou:n
prem'-ise.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
i.
VOWELB. 195
4. The following illustrative exercise shows the
method of writing the vowels so as to expresa the dis
tinction . between the long a.nd short vowel sounds.
-
''E .__, I e
(V
(1
(
--
({ ,,.,.L? _;;, f- - _. -=-

; ------e_ C:=.::: L.;; =, e
t!
---- a.->-, 5L4? ,, > > ,C /
' .9 1
; ,, o 9 y' ll o .9
---, , I :.> r 9
/ /7 11 -
''V
,_/
,, 2"-::,_,,....(o;:-e,__..,,.L_---i'e.;-J-=.....ac.=:=s.-.-<E,-L:.
,,,,.-- _
-,-
I
OJ
-... ,r
__,___ -
Digitized byGoogle
EPITOME OF THE RULES.

RULE l. Write initial consonants positionally, to
expresa a following vowel.
RULE 2. Write initial vowels downward, positionally,
to expresa a following consonant.
RULE 3. Write initial vowels very slanting, position
ally, to expresa a following consonant.
RULE 4. Write initial diphthongs positionally, to
expresa a following consonant.
RuLE 5. Write coalescent characters positionally, to
expresa a following vowel.
RuLE 6. Write the long characters and p, g, and 1
longar to express a following m, n, and still longar to
expresa another m, n.
RuLE 7. Enlarge all surface characters to express a
following t, d, th, and still largar to expresa another
t, d, th.
RuLE 8. Make short characters half length to expresa
a following t, d, th; and make them minute to expresa
a following m, n.
RULE 9. Make surface characters minute to expresa a
following 1, ly, fly, ing, ling; make 1 minute for 1l,
fly, ly, ling, fling.
RULE 10. Write surface characters, straight t, y and
z and the oblique characters irregularly to expresa added
letters. See specifications, pp. 71-75.
RULE 11. Shade the beginning of a vowel to express
a preceding h.
RULE 12. Write only the stem of modified termina
tions, omitting the modifying final syllable.
RULE 13. Write phrase-word signs of the first method
on the 1st, 2d, 3d, 4th, 5th positions to add the words a
or an, the, I, to, you.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPTER X.
THE AMANUENSIS.
l. A person who writes shorthand in an office for a
business, or literary man, is called ah amanuensis. The
work which he does is that of writing in shorthand from
dictation, letters, contracta, business papera, and various
memoranda, or manuscript for sermons, billa, pleas,
speeches, and books; either transcribing them by writing
them out in longhand or on the writing machina, or filing
them for future reference. He also frequently writes the
conversations which occur between his employer and
persona who have called to talk business with him.
2. The uses which are thus made of the amanuensis
are not confinad to any particular kind of business, but
are general; in banks, insurance offices, commission
houses, manufacturera' offices, publishing houses, railway
offices, agencies, newspaper offices, law offices, and the
studies of ministers, 'literary and scientific men. lndeed,
it is almost impossible to enumera.te the various depart
ments of activity in which the amanuensis and his art
have become most important agencies for facilitating the
expression, transmission and recording of thought.
3. The chief part of the commercial amanuensis's
work consista in taking letters from dictation. The cor
respondence of a large business house involves great labor.
lll7
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Before the use of sbortband was applied to it, every cor

respondent for a house required a tborough knowledge of
tbe business, and often a bous.e employed several corre
spondents wbo dev9ted their entire time to answering
letters by means of tbe pen. Now, a single correspond
ent, aided by a shorthand clerk witb bis writing macbine,
can easily do tbe work wbicb formerly required severa}
correspondents. The morning mail of a bouse is received.
Tbe correspondent opens letter after letter, quietly die
tates tbeir answers to his stenograpber, and often in an
bour's time tbe replies to fifty or one bundred letters bave
been dictated.
4. Having tbus disposed of tbe morning's mail, the
correspondent is at liberty to devote bis attention to other
important matters connected witb the business until the
arrival of another mail, while the amanuensis proceeds to
transcribe, in longhand or by the writing machine, the
letters from his shorthand notes, making copies of such
as need to be preserved, and preparing all for tbe mail.
If tbe time of the amanuensis is not all occupied in doing
bis regular shorthaud and transcribing work, he is em
ployed in filing letters, writing circulars, assisting on the
books, making bills, doing collecting, attending to tele
grama, etc., by which means he has an excellent oppor
tunity of becoming acquainted with the various details of
practica} business life.
QUALIFICATIONS.
5. <Jharactw.-As a foundation, the amanuensis
must be possessed of character, so tbat he will feel the
responsibilities of bis position, and strive to make bis ser
vices valuable to bis employer, "He occupies a position
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
AllANUENSI8 WOBK. 199
of trnet a.nd responeibility, a.nd no profeeeiona.l or businese

man will wish to employ as a.ma.nuensis a. person in whom
he cannot repose perfect confidence," therefore he must
be honest a.nd fa.ithfu.l. He must be orderly in a.U bis
work, a.nd prompt in its a.ccomplishment, nea.t in his per
sonal habite, a.nd gentlema.nly in bis deportment. " He
must posseee the a.bility to gua.rd a.e a. sacred trust a.11 the
knowledge he ma.y a.cquire of bis employer's affaire."
6. Educat,on.-There are many positions which
the amanuensis of limited education can fill acceptably,
but such positions are not to be desired, beca.use the work
to be done is of a comparatively low order, and the remun
eration which such positions afford is so much lesa than
that of first-c]ase houses, in which the correspondence is
conducted by gentlemen of education, intelligence and
refinement.
7. lt is true that stenographers of limited. education
ha.ve in many cases succeeded in rising in their profession,
but such were persona either of superior mental powers, or
were fortuna.te in securing unusua.lly favorable surround
ings.
8. No one can expect to succeed in ama.nnensis work
who ha.e not the advantage of a. good common English
education. He must be a.ble to read intelligently, and
to write legibly. He must ha.ve a. general knowledge of
words which only reading can give. A liberal educa.tion
will not only add efficiency to the stenographer's services,
but is a foundation from which he may confidently expect
to rise to distinction in bis work, or to rise from it to a.
position of grea.ter distinction a.nd profit.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
9. lf you have not tbe advantage of a good education,

if you are wise, you will improve every opportunity to
incresse yonr knowledge by conversation, by attending
lectures, and especially by reading-tboughtful, thorough
rcading. If you have not a good knowledge of tbe
Englisb language, let this be your first acquisition.
Learn to spell, to read, the use and meaning of words,
and how to punctuate.
10. Many persons have gradnated from the high school
or college who cannot spell correctly, and wbo are ignor
ant of the fact. Such persons will soon discover their
deficiency wben others begin to read their transcript. A
poor speller cannot fill a position of any importance, for
no good business man will tolerate poor spelling, or incor
rect capitalization and punctuation in the transcripts of
his dictated letters. Even though he may not himself be
expert in all these things, he will soon notice the errors of
his clerk, and politely, or otherwise, dispense witb bis
services.
11. The practica! means an employer has of forming an
estimate of bis amanuensis's ability is in the appearance of
his transcripts. It does not concern the employer wbat
system of shortband his clerk writes, or whether he spent
a month or twelve months in learning it; if bis tran
scripts come out from the machina beautiful, like coins
from the mint, he congratulates bimself on having
secured a skilful amanuensis.
12. From tbese oonsiderations, it is not only evident
tbat a good education will go far toward making an
amanuensis a valuable clerk, but that without an education
it is almost impossible to become a capable amanuensis.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
AMANUENSIS WORK. 201
True though this is, no one should despair. The stndy
and practica of shorthand is a whole education in itself.
Three or six months spent in its acquisition will go far
toward giving an extended practica! use and knowledge
of words. If the student of shorthand is deficient in the
English branches, their study and that of shorthand
should be carried on together until final success is reached.
Many persona of limitad educational advantages and
acquirements have, in a comparatively short time, become
practica! shorthand writers, by making shorthand and
. Webster's Dictionary their daily companions.
13. A student who apella badly should at once begin a
list of the words which he apella incorrectly, increasing
the list by all discoveries which he makes of bis deficien
cies in this respect, daily looking over the list and writing
the words correctly, until . he has practically become a
good speller.
14. 8horthand.-An amanuensis does not generally
need to write as rapidly as a court or general reporter,
but must have a speed of one hundred to one hundred
and fifty words a minute on average business phraseology.
He must have an attentive ear, to catch all of a dictated
sentence, for it is his duty to take down every word of it,
and any changes that become necessary from imperfect
dictation should be made in the transcript, not in the
notes. He must be able to carry a sentence in the mind,
so tha.t if the dictator speaks rapidly awa.y from him, as
is sometimes done by a man thoroughly acquainted with
the subject of hii, letter, he may retain the sentence, and
by increasing speed, take also the new sentence a.nd over
take the dictation,
Digit,zed by Google - 1
15. The ability to read the notes readily and correctly

is of equal importance, so that' no time may be lost in
deciphering them, and no errors committed in their
transcription. One who writes so. slowly that he is fre
quently obliged to request the dictator to repeat, or who
reads so poorly as not to be able to instantly read any
dictated sentence that may be asked for, or who makes
incorrect transcripts,even in the more unimportant parta
of the speech, will not gain the confidence of an employer,
and will be Hable at any time to be replaced by an a.man
uensis who understands his business.
16. Penmanslitp.-Aithough the machine has
generally euperseded the pen in correspondence in business
houses, still plain, strong, graceful penmanship will, in
many business houees, be regarded as an important quali
fication of the amanuensis. Therefore, if yonr penman
ship is faulty, study to eliminate all unnecessary strokes,
to make it plain, to make the similar letters uniform in
size, a.nd all uniform in slant and curvatura. Make the
extended letters rather short than long. Make capitale
the same height as extended lettere, and very simple 'in
form.
17. The Wnttng Machtne.-The amanueneie
should have a perfect acquaintance with the machine
employed, that it may be kept in good working order, and
promptly put in good order when it fails to respond. He
must be able to do any kind of machine work that may be
demanded, do it correctly, promptly, neatly and rapidly.
Study car.efully the instructions on care of the machine.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
1
AMANUENSIS WORK, 203
REGARDING A POSITION,
l. Do not seek a position until you are well qualified
to fill one.
2. Having good speed in shrthand, and ability to
read without hesitancy, together with a.dequate speed in
ma.chine writing, and having pra.cticed copying letters,
especially business letters, until you can type-write them
quickly in a faultless and elegant style, you may be con
siderad preparad to seek a position in sorne business office.
3. Positions are frequently secured by a.dvertising for
them in the newspapers, especially the dailies. In the
application seek houses and firms doing a larga business
by correspondence. Every kind of business is carried on
more or leas in this way; even large farmers and stock
breeders now require the a.id of the amanuensis.
4. In presenting your application for a position, do
not claim more ability than you can demonstrate you are
the possessor of, but be satisfied to let the chara.cter of
your work speak for you.
5. In taking a trial dictation for a position, do not
lose your senses, keep cool; it will make you master of
the position. Do your work quietly, without affectation
or ostentation. For your trial, be preparad with such
note-book and pen or pencil as you are accustomed to use,
that you roa.y not be embarrassed by the strangeness of
material. Be ooreful to sit near enough to your dictator
to clearly understand his words. Be very attentive not to
lose a word. Should you fail to understand any particu
lar word, do not interrupt the dictation, but leave a space
for the word, and when the dictation is done, immediately
ask for the lost words, rea.ding back a sentence that your
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
dictator may nnderstand what yon seek for. Be carefnl

to indicate the close of sentences by the period; it will
help you in making the transcript.
6. If possible to avoid it, do not interrnpt the dicta
tion, nnless yon find it absolutely outstripping you, jn
which case promptly, but deferentially, request lees
speed.
7. Write the address on your notes in carefully written
Ionghand, unless yon can write proper names confidently
in shorthand, being careful abont the spelling.
8. When you have received the dictation, before
undertaking the transcript, read it carefully throgh, to
get the subject clearly in your mind; noting the beginning
and end of sentences and of paragraphs.
9. In beginning the transcript, be careful not to write
the complimentary address or body of the letter too close
to the letter-head. If it is a short letter and your paper
is letter size, double space the machine, and let the letter
occnpy the middle of the age, writing the complimen
tary address, after the date is properly placed, sorne dis
tance below the letter-head. If the letter is long, single
space the machine and write a full page. Work with a
confident, prompt hand, careful to make a succees on the
first sheet. Be careful not to soil the sheet with the
fingers. When completed, promptly remove the letter
from the machine, and present to the dictator for bis
inspection.
10. If the machina is not in goo order, does not
space well or run accurately, or the type is dirty, so that
the printing is not clear, it wonld be well to remark, that,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
AMANUENSIS WORK. 205
with a little attention to the machine, to clean and adjust
it, a much neater letter might be produced.
11. In seeking a position, aim to get into a good
house; one with which it will be a credit to be connected.
ccept the ealary they are willing to offer you as a be
ginner, remembering that, however competent yon may
consider yourself, it is an experiment on your employer's
part, and also that it will take you sorne time to become
familiar with his methods of doing business. Then prove
by your thorongh work, by the faithfnl performance of
duties, and by nsing your brains as well as your fingers,
that you are worthy of your employer's confidence, and
he will then be very glad to advance your ealary, either
voluntarily or npon request, as help that has shown itself
to be valuable will not readily be parted with.
12. Having secured a position, endeavor to 6.11 it. Do
the work as though it were your own, and you meant to
bring it up to the highest poesible standard. Be on
time. Be interested in your work. Put yonr machina
in good working order. Arrange your office for conven
ience. Have as few appliances as poesible, and these
always in place and order. Have a place for your extra
clothing. Do not make your office a lounging place for
your mates. Be in your office at the proper time daily.
If yon are requested to work over-time, do it cheer
fully. It frequently happens that a very much larger
mail is received on one day than another, and at such
times do all you can to facilitate the speedy dispatch of
replies. Let manliness characterize all your actions.
Keep at your hand a Student's Dictionary and a Postal
Guide; they will help more than they cost you. Be care
ful in addressing envelopes to do it correctly and in a
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
businesa-like way. If more letters are dictated than can

be gotten off by the next mail, give the preference to
those which are the more important, to get them off first.
Closely attend to any instructions you may receive, that
you may be a.ble to conform to them without fa.Hure.
Keep a small index book, with the addresses of all of the
regular correspondents of the hous, so that you will not
be obliged to write the full address of a.U such letters in
your notes. It will save time for yonrself and your
dictator. It is very desirable for the letters to which
replies ha.ve been dictated to be placed in the hands of the
stenographer, that he may get .the addresses accurately.
Business men vary in their methods of copying their
letters, and of filing those they receive; hence the expe
rience which you roa.y ha.ve ha in this work will not serve
you, and you will need to keep your eyes open. Make a
note of a.U technical and difficult words and phra.ses
common to your special line of work, and immediately
practice them until you ha.ve mastered them.
13. Study the general methods of the office in which
you are, and adhere to them closely. Study your dicta
tor's ways, and try to please him. Always be reaily with
your pencil to respond instantly to his calls to take dicta
tion; date your note-book ea.ch day. Be sure to spell the
na.mes of a.U firma correctly; never guess at them, if you
are not sure how to spell them, but ask how, or refer to
the letters for them. A mistake in the na.me of a firm
may be disastrous, and cost your employer more in one
letter than yon can earn in a year. This is very impor
tant, becanse the misspelling of a name may prevent a
letter reaching its destination. A wrong quotation of a
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
AXANUENSIS WRK. 207
fraction in a sentence would make a difference, in sorne
transactions, of hundreds, and even thousands of dollars.
14. If, at any time, you fail in taking all your dictator
says, do not interrupt him while he is dictating, but
promptly at the end of the letter ask for instructions,
and snpply the words you have lost. . When you fail to
take a word, leave a space to be filled when you shaU
have ascertained the lost word or phrase. In asking for
omitted words, begin reading at the beginning of the
sentence, that yonr dictator may more readily understand
what information yon seek. If the dictation is altogether
too fast for you at any time, pleasantly request your
dictator to speak more slowly.
15. If at any time interruption should occur and stop
the dictation, when it is begun again, read to yonr dicta
tor what he last said, that he may readily take up the
thread of his thought. Be ready to write when your.
dictator starts; do not allow him to get a long sentence
ahead of you while you are getting your pencil and paper
ready. Do not allow your mind to wander, but hold
your attention closely to the work in hand, even though
your dictator may make long pauses. You must be
absolutely certain that you are writing what your dictator
says, that you may be sure that you can read it correctly.
16. If required to interline an additional phrase or
sentence, make a double cross where the sentence is
to be introduced, writing the sentence which is to be
added on the opposite page of your note-book, beginning
it with a similar doub]e cross, that in transcribing you
may recognize it as added matter to be introduced at
this point.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
208 ];CLECTIC SHORTHAND.
17. Keep well up with your work, and if at any time

sorne letters more important than others have been dic
tated, be sure to give these your first attention, that you
may get them off at the earliest possible hour. Should
you :find that you are likely to get behind with your
work, be sure to inform your dictator, that he may make
such arrangements as he thinks best for the accomplish
ment of the work in hand. If your attention is called
especially to get any particular letter written, or a special
line of letters completad that day, or for a specified mail,
do not allow anything to interfere with your work until
this is done. Dela.y may prove very serious.
18. Never betray any confidence which your employer
places in you, nor give any foformation connected with
the business which you are expected to retain confiden
tially. As much of the business of the house is done
by stenographers, and they will unavoidably become
acquainted with important matters, if you show yourself
worthy of confidence, you will thereby increa.se the value
of your services, and attach yourself to your employer's
interests. If you betray confidence, you will never again
be trusted.
19. Be neat. Be methodical. Be orderly. Be
prompt. Be gentlemanly or ladylike. Keep up with
your work. Keep good hours. Study to improve your
self in manners, in appearance, in address, in health, in
morals, in shorthand, in typewriting, in your knowledge
of business in general. You will thus increase your
efficiency, and grow in favor with your employers ..
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE WRITING MACHINE. 209
THE WRITING MACHINE.

l. It is not my purpose to advocate any particular
machine, but to give a few general instructions to guide
the leamer.
2. The first thing is to thoroughly understand the
machine, that you may know how to adjust and clean it,
and how to put the paper in, and regulate it so as to
begin and end' the printing at your pleasure. The chair
and table should be so adjusted in height that, in oper
ating, you will not be obliged to lift the hands higher
than the elbows when hanging by the side.
3. The second thing is to learn the alphabet so thor
oughly that any letter can be touched without the least
hesitancy.
4. In practicing on the caligraph, or typewriter, let
the left hand do the work over the left half of the key
board, and the right hand that over the right half, using
the first and second fingers to do most of the work,
touching the spacers of the caligraph with the third and
fonrth fingers, and that of the typewriter with the
thnmbs. In practice, the arms should not rest, as stu
dents sometimes rest them, on the front of the caligraph.
After becoming perfectly familiar with the alphabet, the
best finger exercises for elementary practice consist of
short words repeated, carefully accustoming yourself to
touch a key on either half of the key-board with the
nearest fingers of the corresponding hand.
5. The touch of the keys must be firm, quick and
light, the fingers raised from a key as qnickly as touched,
never holding it down. Be very careful to strike but a
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
single key at a time. A uniform touch is very important

to handsome work. If sorne keys are very lightly struck
and more force applied to others, the printed page will
surely show it, appearing clouded and unsatisfactory,
while a uniform touch will make :1- even page. Be very
particular to cultivate a uniform springing touch. Strike
punctuation keys lighter than letters, and thus avoid the
common fault of driving the period and comma through
the paper. Drill on this until no sign a of the punctua
tion marks appear on the back of the page. Practica
short words, commas and periods over and over, then
more and more difficult words. Practica familiar sen
tencas over and ovar. Oopy good literatura, taking a
santence in the mind at a time. Practica business letters
until familiar with the location of each part of a letter.
At last practice mttcli f1om your slwrthand notes, for this
will be your final work, on which you will stand or fall.
One gets the ability to pick out his notes by labor, guess
ing at this and that word, until, fina1ly, after much
study, the writing is deciphered, and he then thinks
himself ready to take a position. But this is very inade
quate preparation for an office; no business man will
tolerate it. You must be able to raad your notes promptly
and with certainty before you are fit for a position. You
must be able to sit down at the machine with the notes
before you, and transcribe them without hasitancy.
When you can do this, you may seek a position, but not
a day sooner. You ca1mot acquire the ability to tran
scribe your notes without much practica. 'rhe inspector
of mails in the Ohicago postoffice said: " I have had an
Eclectic in my office a year, and have never been obliged
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE WRITING MACHINE. 211
to make a single correction becanse of errors in tran

scribing her notes." This reputation I covet for all
Eclectics. It is to be secured only by hard work, work,
WORK.
6. The typewriter practica which I have ontlined may
seem very simple, but many of the best operators have
been developed by this process.
CARE OF THE MACHINE.
l. Many parts of the writing machine are very deli
cately adjusted, and, under the hands of a rapid operator,
are subject to wear and strain every hour. In the great
majority of machines, supposed to be entirely out of
working order, it will be found that the trouble can be
entirely removed by cleaning and adjusting. Dnst and
dirt permitted to accumulate about the working parta of
the machine interfere with its free, rapid and perfect
action. Heavy oil applied to remedy the difficulty com
bines with the dirt, producing a gummy substance, which
soon renders the machine nseless.
2. An inexpcrienced operator will imagine the ma
china out of adjustment, and give this screw a turn for
ward, and that a turn backward, at :random, until he
can no longer operate thc key-board, and then calla the
repairer, who simply cleans thc machinc, and it works
like a new instrument.
3. Neither benzine nor ol of any kind, unless it is of
the very finest quality, and combined in the proportion
of abont two parts of benzine to one of oil, should be
uscd about amachine, and then it should be used only for
cleaning the machine. Apply this ol with a long-handled
artist's bristle-brush, such as can usually be purchased at
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
the atores for fifteen cent.a. Keep the oil clean, dropping
it on the brush, operating the machine during the clean
ing, to be sure that all parta of it have been reached.
The brush should be frequently cleaned by saturating it
with oil, and wiping both oil and dirt out of it with a
piece of cotton cloth. There is usually no reason for
loosening a screw or removing any part of the instrument.
An accumulation of dnst in oil on the rod on which the
carriage slides right and left will prevent prompt and
rapid action. What is true of this is true of all parta of
the machine. Dust, acumulating in oil, left on the deli
cate parta, clogs and prevente their action. When the
carriage seems reluctant to respond, look for dirt on the
rod on which it slides. Cut this dirt off by means of the
compound ol, and wipe the rod thoroughly clean. In
the typewriter, clean the grooved wheels which run on
the rod, as well as the axles on which the wheels turn.
Thoroughly clean until the carriage will respond promptly
to the touch. Do not wind up the mainspring. It was
probably properly adjusted when you received it. Keep
the dog and tooth bars beneath the carriage thoroughly
clean, attending to it frequently.
4. Want of alignment is often supposed to be the
result of the misplacement of a type arm, when dirt alone
is responsible. No matter what seems to be the matter
with a machine, the chances are that dirt alone is respon
sible. It is always safe to assume that to be the case,
and that a thorough cleaning will remove the difficulty.
If yon utterly fail by this means, call for the adjuster.
5. The face of the type should always be kept per
fectly clean. Many a good machine has been pronounced
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE WRITING :MACHINE. 213
ueed up when it only needed the type cleaned. When in
constant use, the type should be cleaned twice a day.
Use no liquid on the type, hold it and brush it with a
stiff tooth or hand brush until clean. Whenever an e or
a fills up, and makes a heavy or blurred impression, clean
it at once. While cleaning the type, use the compound
oil to cleanse the brush, rubbing it on an old newspaper
to thoroughly rcmove the ol before brushing the type
face. Frequently clean out the top of the type bars all
around the circle by thoroughly brushing backward and
forward, with a brush frequently cleaned in the oil, being
carcful to leave no ol or dirt in the spaces between the
bars.
6. Never undertake to move the typewriter carriage
until the lever by which it is moved is sufficiently de
pressed to raise the back of the carriage out of gear, so
that it will move readily in either direction. One raking
of the spacing rack across the face of the spacing dog is
enough to put it out of ordcr. If by such carelessness
the dog should get out of order, it will need to be
carefully readjusted.
7. No one should ever be allowed to put his fingers on
your machine, cxcept yourself. Two minutes of an inex
perienced person at it is often enough to ruin it. Persons
serving in an office think that, having seen a machina in
use, they can run it, and attempt to do it, often with
ruinous results. A delicate lady, insisting on trying her
hand on a new machine, at the first movement struck
three keys at once, as sorne people pound a piano, and
went on striking key after key; and the machina had to
be returned to Chicago for repairs. When your machina is
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
not in use, keep it covered, and when yon leave the office,
always lock the machine.
8. Keep an eye to the ribbon, to be sure that it always
moves, and reverse the action before it rolls entirely to
one wheel. To prevent the cnrling of the ribbon, it is
best to use the edges first, and afterward the middle of it.
9. Keep the machine free from dust by covering and
frequently dusting it. Keep it free from rust by daily
running over the plated parts with a cloth moistened
with the composite oil, wiping it dry.. If a letter flies
out of a type bar, it can usually be found, replaced, a.nd
firmly pressed in by means of a piece of wood.
CORRESPONDENCE.
l. It is not proposed in this work to give a thorongh
treatise on corrcspondence, which necessarily would in
volve thc study of orthography, grammar and rhetoric,
but simply to provide a few practica! exercises for the
student.
2. All the following letters should be written in short
hand, and carefully transcribed on the machine from the
shorthand notes, instead of from this book. Each tran
script should, hwever, be carefully compared with the
copy in the book, and should be written until it can be
reproduced perfectly and quickly. It is a principle of
art, that a few things thoroughly done are worth more,
educationally and practically, than many things done in
an indifferent way. Do not allow yourself to be self
indulgent, but resolutely determine not to be satisfied
until you can take a letter from dictation, and sitting
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPE-WRITIEN Lh'TTERS. 215
down to the machine, transcribe it perfectly on th first

piece of papcr you put in the machine. lt will take you
sorne time to arrive at this point, but it must be done,
and if you will work faithfully at it, you will certainly
accomplish it.
3. The letters, which include billa and statements
of prices, are especially valuable for practico on the
machine, beca.use of the care which they require in
writing.
4. '.rhese letters are reproductions, by the photo.
process, of double-spaced, type-written letters, reduced in
size to conform to the pages of this book; therefore, in
copying them, a line here will make a line of regular
machine length. The paragraphing here corresponds to
No. 10 of the machine.
5. In connection with this work you should make a
thorough study of the business terma in the Shorthand
Dictionary.
TYPE-WRITTEN LETTERS.
Dubuque, la., Sept. '1st, 1889
South Bend Banlr.ing Co.,
South Bend, lnd.
Gentle111en,--
Your ravor ot the 8th inet., with applioetion ot Daniel
Hunt 1 at han<I, eumined, reoomaended and to"arded to CincinnaU
tor the approvel ot our b:eoutive Co1111111ttee.
Herewith encloaed tind tirat and aeoond 111ortgagea, principal and
0011111iaaion notes and attidavit ot Ben Harvey. Aleo Dratt !lo.. 1.215
tor tasoo.oo to cloae the loan. Betore aending ezecuted papera to ua
be aure thet the aame are all 00111plte, abatract pertect, and a policy
ot ineurance obteined tor the ineurable velue ot the buildinga.
Thanlting you tor your peat patronage and hoping to .receive a
large bul.i ot A, No. l Indiana loana tro111 you eoon, reaain,
Very truly youre,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Clwle&O, n1., Sept. 14, 1aaa

.,.., Ron lliner,
PUlton, 111
Dear Slrr
11r. lladley hall reponed to .. tbe reeult ot ble lntel"Yiew wltb
you reapeoUng J'Olll' olalll ...iJuot tbe ooapenJ' ror exoavauona, whlob
"" nate were ude outalde ot tba rlght or F
11r. lladley ..,.. that be ortered J'OU ,50.oo tor a deed to tbe
atr1p of land 211 teet in Wldtb and lOO teet ln leh oppoa1te tbe
out hare lt 1 olaiaed by you ere at tault, W'hlle l u of tha
oplnlon that tbe uount oftered la 11110h too bigh, etlll ror the eake
ot Mklng an adJuataent l wUl contlra and rene 11r. lladley'a orrer,
wbiob MJ' be oonaidered final,
lf tbie w11l be eaUaf*otOl"J' are readF to oloae tbe aaer
ltb J'OU on tbie '*tie; 1f not, do not ... tbat e need to oonUnue
tbe neaouauona. Youra truly,
Brighton, Staten laland, feb. 111, 1888,

Dear Slr1
l u ver, aenalble of tbe great honor . of your lnvltation to the
annual banquet of \be Cbicao Club, n tbe 23d lnat,, tor wbloh 1 beg
to orter tbe Coamittee ay bearty acknowledpent.
Tbe renown ot that banquet and Wide attention wbioh tbe apeecbee
or ita oratore oo-d, Mke tbe lnvltaUon, at thla t1111e of unuaual
polltloal intereat, exceedlnly teaptlng, and l wiab 11. nre poaaible
to avall IIIJ'91f of your courteay,
But 1IIY occ. upetlona and enage111enta already lll&de ro!;__the U111e
aentioned, 00111pel ae to loae tbe ainal pleaaure bich you propoae to
ae, and l can only aaeure you or 1IIY aino,re regret and tbe confldence
tbat tbe Cbioago Club by tbelr petriotla111 and tbelr lndependenoe lll
reatly ald a wlae, popular declalon ln tbe l111pending national debate
tbia ,..... Very reape et tully,
Cbloago, 111., Jan, 27, 1888,

lleaara Hayward Broa le Co
Bloo111lngton, 111.
Dear Sirar
fe have your r.vor or tbe 17th lnat., Juatitylng youraelvea for
_
oonatant claillul upon ua for treight deductlona, about wblch ye wrote
7ou in our letter ot tbe 12th inat,
You u71 we cbarge aa quoted bl' 7our agent, and aa glven ua by
otbera. We bave aeveral quotaUona en aue terma, All our quota-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPE-WRl'ITEN LETTERS. 217
tlona are aubjeot to c'-ge without notlce, and no agnta quotatlon
la blndlng when not aocoapanylng the order whloh it ia intended to
govern. Jeither do we agree to llave our billa to our cuatoaen ra
vieed by t.he quotaUou ot other houeea, , You are good e11ough merchanu
to thoroughly underataDd the above poeitlon.
'fhenever you wiah to purchaae any gooda ot ue on a quotation pre
vioualy given by our agent you ahould aentlon tbat quotaUon wlth
your order. Very truly youra,
Chicago, 111., Jan. 2, .1888,

H. Bloom, &aq:,
Quincy, 111.
Dear Sir:
l'e aend you aample ot Barb l'ire, that we will aell you ln halt or
oar lota: Painted et 7 cta,, Gelvanized et 8 cta., oaah ten daya, lt
1a a tully licenaed wlre, cd a good arUole. l'e have aold lt tor two
yean paat, and it la glvlng good aatlataction,
Aa you did not answer our telegram to-day, that prlce ie ott on
naila, 1'111 aell you helt car na1ls at 13,4: ratea, caah tan daya,
All above la r. o. B, cara, Chlcago, lll, , Could not ahlp tor two
or three weeka, or to auit it tater, Youra truly,
eaara. Hapard Broa. 1 Co.,

Bloomlngton, 111,
Gentlemen:
Your postal card of the 24th lnst, at hand orderlng tw Tiger
Shellers, and, ln aa much aa e have no arrangements made wlth you
tor next aeaaons aale ot these Tlger Sheller11, we thought beat to
oorreapond with you, previoue to maklng ahlpment, and aay that our
regular prlcea for Tiger Shelle!a are: $8050 with tan and teed table,
$8,00 with tan, and $7,50 wlthout tan and teed table: theae tenDD
oontemplate three monthe' time, or, lt caah 1a remitted wlthin tit
teen daya trom date ot involce, a diacount ot 5 per oent. wlll be
allowed trom these prices.
l'e are making thls yar a very euperior One Hole Hand Sheller
with wrought ircn apoked balance wheel, with every lmprovement that
a aheller ot this kind should heve, Built wlth the utmcst care and
gotten up so it will thoroughly pleaae tarmers, not only tor e veer,
but as long aa they oan use them, l'e are not compet1ns nth the cheap,
sheller trede ot thia country aa there would be no money in that klnd
ot buaineaa, but are manuteoturing in our TJ.ger Sheller, a sheller
thet la tirst claBS, and must heve the pricea we are asking tor
1t, in order to attord any reaaonable amount ot protit, Ot couree,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
to ahip an interior aheller, we oould aell at. t.he pr1oe aa other

partiea, but do not caro to cater to that kind ot t.rade, ae there
ia ne aoney in t.he buaineaa, and we are tully contldent tt there 1
a good t.rade tor that olaea et shellers, and that tarmera will not
heaitate to pay trom 1 to 2 more tor them,
With thia tull un(eratanding as to prioes and tenus ahall be
pleaaed t.o ahip you any sheller that you may destre,
Yours truly,
J. o. Woodard, !sq.,
Hart.tord, Conn,:
Dear Sir,
Ycur letter of t.he 2d inst, ith drarts to close loana as tol-
lowa, is et. hand,
llo_ 11500 to the ordr ot Samuel Kent, ..... 1200,00
..
110 . 1501 Ellza Bent, ...... 850,00
l'lo, 11502 David Field,.. .. ... 500,00
Total, ......................... $2550,00
Pai,.ra to oloae tpe loan wUl be sent out to-day, and complet.ed
papera sent to you as soon a they aro received at this oftice,
Herewi";h I hand you ,evcral applications, all through our old
and reliable correspondent, E. s. 't'oods, ot Chaumont, N. Y. t have
uioroughly exainined the loan and think it is a good one, 1 t the
ooDIDlittee do not oare to handle the loan I will take it mysclt,
Business will be brisk here this tall I think, and we are now
ready to 'llandle a good many loans, Keep enough tunda on deposit to
tal<e all the loans we can get,
Yours truly,
Ch1cago, 111,, Jan, 27, 1886, 2:30 p. M,

Dear Sir:
Wheat opened tirm and allghtly higher, but scon lost the advance,
ruling dull tor a short time, and then suddenly started upward, sell
ing at 88 cta. tor llay, _trom which point it broke to 87 3/8 tor a
closing, Exporta show some increase, Ihe general' feeling is "bull
ish, more trom a suspicion that the market is manipulated by a
atrong clique that now propoae to put i t up, rather than the belie r
that the Wheat is actually worth more than the present prices,
Receipta light, 11amplea in good demando
is neglected, but I look tor H to very scon begin to
aitract attention, Preaent prices are not bringing Corn to market
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPE-WRITrEN LETTERB. 219
treely enolllh ftraers aa a rule want. aore tor t.helr Corn, and
teeders are pay1ng aore t.hllD ah1ppere oan et.ando Shollld ..., Corn
go to 411 ota. lt would be no aurprlee, and would atlll be low. The
laat. a111 eoon begln to want more Corn and the Southern order trade
( tor llh1te Corn) le 1noreu1ng. 5amplea aer a tritle t1raer t.o-day,
aelllng very readllY
Oata abo a llttle ohange, rema1ning firm, and all aaaplee eell
readii;:"" Very Uttle advance oan be looked far until Corn atarte
upward. The demand promiaes to be good for the balanoe of the eea
aon, and stocks are light, Shippers buying more treely thia week.
Rye and dull and unchllDged.
Timothy very tirm and 1 ot. higher; lleoeipta talr and
dealers buying anxiously, The spring trade which will be active trom
now on is expeoted to be heavy. llaroh aold at $1,Blj light,
Flex easy, trading light and demand slow.
halting your valued tavors, l am
llaapecttully youra,
Chicago, 11).., Apr1l 11, 1889.

llr. Pe H. Henderaon.
Huron. Dak
Dear Sir:
1 notice many of our cars with U, P, single link oaet dra-bara
ln them: 1 oannot say at this riting where they are put in, but I
do not want any or our cara accepted trom toreign Unes equipped in
this manncr. neither do J wlsh any u. p. draw-bars placed in our aars
by or own men. unleas it be 1.hat they are the only bars they have,
and the car la loaded with perlehable or lime freight,
Please acknowlodge the receipt or thla and adviae me, if you
tnow where these bara a.re being put on our oars.
Yours truly,
Sta Albana Vt Jane 15, 1884a

Mesara. Page & Co.,
801ton, Meas.
Gentleman:
.You will please furniah, on aocount ot thia Company, the .t'ollow
lng arUcles, and send duplicate billa to t.he undera1gned l.mmad1at.ely
upon ahipment., Payment w111 be made upon reo&ipt. of 1nvoioe and
sh1pplng documenta, or aa per oont.raot, but. no draft on th11i Company
w111 be honored,
Digit,zed by Google
'fben a parUoular pattem or qual1ty la not speoitied, thla ol'der

la tor gooda ot guaranteed tlrat q11&llty only ,
2000 tona steel ralla, 66 lbo, :5 1/2 lnoh, Sandaburg aeotlon. 1

lllOO llaga beat rallroad splllas, 11 1/2 x 9/18
. 10,000 angle bara, to tlt aeoUon ot rall, as above, and
40,000 :5 1/4 x :5/4 traolt-bolta, wlth hexagon nuta,
Prioe ot the ralla to be $42.80 per groas ton, dellvered t, o, b,

'foroeatsr; eplltea, $2;811 per 100 lbso; angle-bare, $2,40 per 100 lbs.,
and $2,80 per 100 lba. tor tracltbolta. Spiltes to be del1vered
t, o. b,, Boaton; angleba;a and tracltbolts wlth hexagon nutll to be
dellvered t, o. b,, 'fllmington, Del.
The above order le given on oondltion ot dellvery on or betore
Aprll lat, next, by whlch 1t la underatood that thia Company la ex
empt tTom &nJ' ,PIiarse ot paoklng, or any
coa_t other than the prlce ot
good
Pleuo aoltnowledge reoeipt ot order and obllg,
Youra very truly,
Chioago, 111,, Jan 18, 1888,

Steele & J'llllor,
Atohlaon, Kant,
Clentleaen,
Youra ot the 23d insto duly reooived, 'fe quote you on,
100 lbs, 8-lbo Tinned Rivets ........... . . . .. . .. . 20 ota per lb,

:50 1 1/4 lbo Tinned Rlvets .... ........ 29
40 1 :5/4 x 1/4 .slaol< Head Wagon Rlvets, 1:5
20 1 1/4 x 1/4. 1:5
10 1 11, x 1/4 1:5
.411 ota, dlacount tor trelght allowed to the lliaalaaippl River.

'fe hope to rooeive your order.
Very truly youra,
Chioago, 111,, Jan. 21, 18821

llasara. Harwood Broa. lt Co,,
Bloomlngton, 111.,
Dear S1ra1
Replying to your lnqulrlea ot the 18th insto, quote J'OI&

t. o. b, hre, 4 monthll, or :5 per eent. ott tor oaehl
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPEWRI'ITEN LE'ITERS, 221
o. Ho Crom Slab Steel....................... 3 1/2 otso per lbo

Solid caat Steel ..............................4 1/2
cruoible caat Steol...........................5 1/2
lron Center Cut Steel .......................8 1/2
SpriJI& Steel ................................... 3 3/4
1/2 and 11/10 OrollDCl Hal'ro,r-Tooth Steel ...,
lfo So lron .................................4 oard.
Youre truly
Chloago, lllo, Febo 24, 1888

.... n. Hwllllel Broa. , Co.,
BloollliD4lton, 111 ,
Dear Siras
l'e 111 aell you ues at the tollo,ring prioea, delivered in
B1ooa1ngton, payable 4 moso after date, leas 3,t tor oaehs
Jlamul Red l'arrior Axes, Red, Bll<o, or Broruted, 900 per dolo
Handled or ex. lfoo 1 handles, 13000
" Red or Blke 12.00
Boye Axes ................... 11,00
Manhalls' Axes ......................... ............ 11.00
Manna Red l'arrlor Double B1tt Axea ............. 8050
llaraballa ............ . 13.00
Beveled Single B1tta, lxtra ...................... . .so
Double 1.00
Silver Steel Axea, .110
Your orders are aolioited, and ahall have our beat attentlon,
..
Youre truly,
Atohiaon, Kan., llov. 10, 1885.

Tho11p1on Co. ,
Kanaaa CitY, 110.
Cantlemens
You uy ehlp ua the follo,rins Long Leat Yello Pines
1 car 7/ftz4 1st and 2d Clear ns, at ...................1211.00

1 Standard r1s, 1st anc1 2d Clear, at ....... 20.00
l lz4 1st and 2d Clear Siso and 1, at ......... 18,00
l'e 111 J)eed 10 oara eaoh tor 11111ediate ah1Jllllent, provldlng the
'
<Uality ia saiataotory. ,rant all straight grained ,re oan po.. lbly
...
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
...
&911 ot the lat Ud 94 olear. Contlder 1t.-thould l'UD at 1-t 7t Pff

oent.
Youra t.ruly,

lleatri B1'fll lt 11thtl' lAmber Co.,
Ober11n, x.n.
eenu,aen1
l'e ohal'gt J'OUI' aooount. fl'eight. aa tollo.. 1
car 123', l'e1ght 30,000 lb .......................... 120.00

123114, 20,1500 40,00
..
15878, 24,1500 "5,00
34511, 34,1500 150,00
"5151, 22,300 eo.oo
4321, 154,500 eo.oo
415411, 30,000 40.00
Youra t.rul7,
!b' J, P. 1'11Uaae,

Bualm.ell, 111,
Dear Sir,
Your favor ot the 15th containing remittance at hand, tor which
acoept our thanlul
l'e have no lett-hand Stitch1ng Horae in stock, but can have
one made at the factor, 1f you deaire.
l'e Quote you pricea on Buckles, etc,, aa tollowu
..
X, c. Challlpion Trace (C plate) at .......... 12,00 per dozen,
< Japanned) at .. .. . . . . l.715
15/8 inch Kangaroo, at ................... 75 per groea,
3/4 at .................. ...... 85
7/8 at . ....................... 85
3/4 Barrel Roller, at.... . . ... . ... .. .. .. .. .. .... 1.25
l at................... .... .... 80
No, '4 Ring Bit.ta, (atitt or Joint) ......... . ,a per dosen,
150 515
17 Halt Snattle. ........ . . . .. .. ... . . ....... 90
20 Pull Snattle ................ ............ 1.10
Hop1ng to receive an order trom you aoon, we remain
Youra truly,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPE-WRITrEN LETrERS. 223
St. Albana, Vermont, Jan. 10, 1884.
lleHI' Pa& lo co.,

Boaton, llaH
Dear Sira:
Pleaae quoU ua YOUI' loweat price tor
2000 tona, 156 lb, 3 1/3 lnch Steel Rall, Sandeburg aectlon.
1500 tege 15 1/2 x 9/18 beat Rallroad Spill:ea.
10,000 l'iah Platea, angle, and
4_0,000 3 3/4 x 3/4 Traoll Bolta, wlth Henaon lluta.
All to be dellvered b}' Aprll 1st, next.

An lmaedlat reply wlll obllge,
Youra truly,
Dear Sirr
Pleaae expreaa to Jlr. u. Creen, llobile, Ala.,
3 1110. 45 Lampa.
2 Large Shade Holdere
2 Large Soclleta with Tubea.
220 Large Porcelain Shadea.
l Locll Switch c.
Bill at the usual dlacount and aend gooda at the earlieat poaai
ble aoment. lluat have goolla betore the 20th without tail.
Youra truly,
.. llr c.
lf Dieta,
Omaha, lfeb.
,:)hloago, 111., Sept. 22, 1886.
Dear S1rr
l'e have reoeived yoUI' order tor l oar load ot extra hlnglea.
2 oar loada ot 2 x 4, 12 and 18.
1 oar load ot tlrat 001111110n aidlng.
1 oar load ot lnoh B aeleota, aurtaoe on one aide.
12 oara 1 1/4 inoh, 1/3 olear.
1/4 car l 1/2 aUl'tacecl on one aide.
You have omitted to nue the grade ot the l 1/2, but to pxped1ta
abipping YoUI' OrdOI' pleue Wil'e ua at OUI' expenee the grade raquil'Me
Reapeottully roura,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Oluha, b.. JanuaJ'f aa. l.88eo

Ge Be CNobr, &aqo0
Wo .lo, Co Ro lo I Po 117, Chloaa_o.
l>ear Slrr
Returnlng all papen 1n 0-C olala ot Kelle7, llaue co.,
Chloago, 153090, would atete that nu are at llbel'\7 to ohal'se thla
ooapq7 '46069, u tollonr
Chal's Ch.-,.nne to Ganlaou............................ 142.1111

Pro ob&do Chloaao to Ch8"nn ve 1/4 per oento ...... 111.ee
Should be
300 at llo76......................................... -1 11.19

270 at 11.20.... ... . .... ... ....... ... .... .... .. .... 302&
380 at llooe.... ... .. . . . . . ... . .. . . ... .. .. . .. . . 1.12
112.211
149.ee
lleasrao .llaol'e Bl'oao eo

l>etrol\, lllob., Oot. 211, 1889.

Bloomluaton, 111.
Oentleaenr
Your oard ot the 24th at hando l"e tall:e pleaaure in aendlng J'Oll
out ot the Palaoe Bo a., and quote prioea aa rollonr
!fo. <&e ...... :1:ie.00

Jlo. 110...........".... . .. 40000
Theae are the larger eiae wlth great heatlna oapaolt7, and
though we are orowded with ordera bennd m...ure, ahould malte an
extra ettort to give 7ou eatiataotion on an7 ordera 7ou ahould favor
ll8 wlth. Our Round Penlrusular a. Bo la aplendido One ouatomer in
Clnoinnati ..,.., 1 ordered aome Oraphloa, but had I aeen and
,:,iown nur St9ve aa I do now, 1 would not have bought any of them at
all, and contlnulng, ..,.., The Peninaular le the emperor and pope
ot Base Burnera ln ooaparlaon wlth tha Garlai,.d, whloh they
advertiao tha prlnoe ot Bue Burnera.
... QllO\e 2!I Wirepota 13 1/2.......... .. l28o9!1

30 14 1a... ............ 30.45
60 111 1/2. . . . . . .... .... 330911
50 18 1/2.- .. - U 40.00
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
TYPE-WRITTEN LETTERS. 225
Pl'loe incluclff Leg Baae and Rail, and all fllll lfickeledo 'fe aoliolt.
your tavore. Tel'IIUU treigllt allowed to Chloago, 4 mont.ha or II per
oent. oaah.
Yolll'II tl'Ul7,
A\chiaon, Kan., 10-12-188150

'for\hing\on I P1llabQl'7 LwDber Co,,
Omaha, Jlebo_,
Gentleman:
'fe havo \he tollowing cara on track, an4 can otter to 'FOU at
8DJ10lted pricea 4el1vere4, l'e cona148l' that. t.he stock 1n all ot \bese
oare will be flllly up t.o grade, and moat ot 1t abcVe grade:
2z,.
..,.
10 Cara Jo,l, D&E, 400 12 tt, 400 14, 100 18, 100 18, 100 20'20,
8 ".Xtl, : 300 14, 300 18, 100 18, 100 20.. .. . .. . . . .. 18,
10 21:8, 300 12, 200 14, 300 18, IJO 18, IJO 20 .... 21.
..
10 2>:la, 110.2, RJ', 160 12, 1110 14, 1!10 18 .., .... llh
10 2>:10, 'i 1111 u, 17!1 14, 181 18.......... 18,
10 Jlo, 2, Bdeo Sia,, 1000 10 tt,, 11000 12, IIOOO 14....... 18,11
...
10 110. 3, 12 an4 14 tt ...................... ........ lil,
8 12, No. 3, Bda. Sie., 1/4 12, 1/4 14, 1/2 18............ 20.
11 lfo, 2, rencing Sis,, 1/3 12, 1/3 14, 1/3 18 .......... 111,
11 8, C,&D. r.t.g, 1/4 12, 1/4 14, 1/2 18, 1/3 .. 811,
1 4, Seleot Y, P, Pl'g, 12, 14, 18 .................. B.11,
,;
..
11 8, 110. 1, Drop Siding, 3000 U tt., 3000 14, 8000 18...... 28,
6 , s. Bo. 1, Ship Lap ! ....... ao.
11 10, !' ........ aa.
.
11

In, B, Select. Si 11-14-18 tt, ... ,..... ................. 3110
10 lfo, 1 Lath ................................... ,.
10 XXX Shingles ... ,,.,_.. .. .... . .. ... 3o7
1t you can uae any ot the above cara, pl- let ua tow at
once, ao that we can to"ard aaae 1mme41aUly,
HoplJI& 'FOU will favor ua wit.h a good ol'4er, we ,
Youn t.ruly,
,.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
EXERCISES FOR OORREOTION.

Oorrect the following letters in spelling, capitaliza
tion, punctua.tion, a.nd pa.ra.gra.phy, a.nd transcribe them
on the ma.chine in perfect form:
EXE&CI8E 1.
Cbicago ill may 141889 Mr J. W Lewis Paxton Ill C I St L & C car
8154 arived here biled for wood street body of car has hin so badly
recked that it will have to be rebilt pleas advis us if you no when
and wher the car was recked and from what point it was sent to
your yards we have know report showing that car has hin damagd on
C & N W road yours truely.
EXE&CISB 2.
Chicago ill april 8th 1889 mel!Brs Franklin Me veigh & cO city
gentlemen we regret that we are compeled to report that our
eforts to colect this acount seem to have proved a failure we took
judgment through our atorney at m arinette eing the nearest point
wher we could reach the debter we had hoped to get something out
of it by a levey or a lein upon real estate as we had ben informed
through what we suposed to be relible sourses that the party had
real estate at lorence wisc it now developes however that this real
estate had been sold for tackses and there is no posibility of reching
it in that direcsion there is sorne slight prospect that we may get
something out of the acount yet but the clame is vary doutful as we
have led you into sum expence thrugh oor expectasion to be
able to realise we shall certainly leave no ston unturnd to get some
thing out of the acount yours truly N W Martn
EXERCISE 8,
Chicago Ill May14th 1889 Mr H C wilson manchester iowa dear sir
Replying to yours of dec 6 giving comparative statment of oil and
waiste used at wood street i must say i aro gratfl.ed at the result of
your eforts and beleve equal resulte can be obtaned at every point \J
on the road where this kind ol work is perform yours truely
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE LEGAL AMANUENSIS. 227
THE LEGAL AMANUENSIS.

l. The work o! the legal amanuensis consiste in taking
from dictation and transcribing various kinds of legal
papera and correspondence.
2. Such is the peculiar character of legal phraseology
and the prescribed forme of legal papera that it is necessary
that th student who seeks to enter legal work, should, to
sorne extent, become familiar with both. For this pur
pose, make a thorough study of and practice both in
shorthand and on the machine the following forme.
3. In connection with this practica on legal forme,
make a thorough study of the legal terms of the Short
hand Dictionary.
4. AFFIDAVIT FOR ATTACHMENT.
STA.TE OF ILLINOIS, l SS.
CoUNTY OF COOK, }
Arthur B. Brooke, of Chicago, ero., being duly sworn, upon his
oath says, that Chester Deitrick is justly indebted to him in the sum
of One Hundred Dollars by his, the said Chester Deitrick's, certain
promissory note in writing, and that the said Chester Deitrick is
about to depart from this State, with the intention of having his
effects removed from this State, to the injory of the said Arthur B.
Brooke; and afliant further says that he saw the note signed by
the said Chester Deitrick, and knows the amount to be One Hundred
Dollars.
Subscribed and swom to before me,
this - day of .. , 1890.
E. F., Clerk.
5. AFFIDAVIT FOR GARNISHEE PROCESS.
8TATE OF JLLINOIS, l SS.
COUNTY OF CooK. }
A. B., being duly sworn according to law, deposes and says:
that on the 10th day of March, A. D. 1889, the said A. B. recovered
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
a judgment in the Cirouit Court of Pook County against Munn G.

Wood, for the sum of Ninety Dollars, besides costs of suit; that
afterward, to wit, on the 19th day o Maroh, A. D. 1889, an execn
tion was issued upon said judgment, which said execution was, on
the 20th day of March, 1889, returned by the sheriff of Cook County,
to whom the same was directed, no part satisfied, and no property
found.
Deponent further saith that the said defendant has no property,
witbin tbe knowledge of affiant, in his possession, Hable to execu
tion; and tbat atlltmt hath just reason to believe that John B. Little
is indebted t-0 said defendant, Munn G. Wood, and has eff6!Jts and
estate of said defendant in bis hands.
Deponent further saith that there is danger that the benefit of
said judgment will be lost, unless garnishee process issue before the
return day of the said exooution. A. B.
Subscribed and sworn to before me,
this________ dayof______, A. D.1889.
E. F., Clerk.
6. POWER OF ATTORNEY TO COLLECT A DEBT.

Know all men by these presents, that I, Alvin Boltwood, of Chi
cago, Cook County, Illinois, reposing special trust and confidence in
Charles Dunning of Moreland, Cook County, lllinois, have made, or
dained, nominated, constituted and appointed, and by these presents
do make, ordain, nominate, constitute and appoint him my true and
lawful attorney, for me, and in my name and stead, and for my own
proper use and benefit to ask, demand, ::me for, recover and receive
of and from Elmer F. Foss, of Chicago, Cook County, Illinois, all
such sum or sums of money, debts and demands, whatsoever, which
are now due and owing unto me, the said Alvin Boltwood, by and
from the said Elmer F. Foss, an<l to have, use and take ali lawful
ways and means, in my name or otherwise, for the recovery thereof,
by attachment, arrest, distress or otherwise, and to compound
and agree for tbe same; and acquittances or other sufficient dis
charges for the same, for me and in my name, to make, sea! and
deliver; and to do all other lawful acts and things, whatsoever, con
cerning the premises, as fully and in every respect as I myself might,
or should do, were I personally present at the doing thereof; and attor
neys, one or more under him for the purposes aforesaid, to make, and
again at bis pleasure to revoke; ratying and confirming, and by
rng,1,,edbyGoo le
THE LEGAL .A.M.A.NUENSIS, 229
these presents allowing whatsoever my said attomey shall, in my
name, lawfully do, or cause t
be done, in and about the premises,
by virtue of these present.s.
In witness whereof, etc.
7. DECLARATION ON A PROMISSORY NOTE.

STA.TE OF ILLINOIS, l ss Cr&eUIT COURT OF COOK CoUNTY,
Coox CouNTY, f January Term, A. D. 1800.
John S. Williams, Plaintiff in this suit, by William B. Bright,
Attorney, complains of James B. Poorpay, Defendant in this suit, in
a plea of trespass on the case on promises:
FOR THAT WHEREAS, the said defendant, heretofore, to
wit: on the First day of October, in the year of our Lord one
thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine, at the County aforesaid to
wit: at Chicago in the county aforesaid, made bis certain Promis
sory Note in writing, commonly called a Promissory Note bearing
date the day and year last aforesaid, and then and there delivered
the said Note to the said Plaintiff, in and by which said Note the
said Defendant by the name, style and description of James B.
Poorpay, promised to pay to the order of said Plaintiff, by the name,
style, and description of John S. Williams the sum of Five Hundred
Dollars two years after the date thereof with interest thereon at
the rate o seven (7) per cent. per annum from the date thereof,
payable semi-annually, for value received. By reason whereof, and
by force of the Statute in such case made and provided, the said
Defendant became Hable to pay to said Plaintiff the said sum of
money in the said Note specifl.ed, according to the tenor and effect
of said note; and, being so Hable, the said Defendant, in considera
tion thereof afterwards, to wit: on the same day and year last afore
said, and at the place last aforesaid, undertook, and then and there
faithfully promised the said Plaintiff well and truly to pay unto the
said Plaintiff, the said sum of money in the said Note spccifl.ed,
according to the tenor and effect of said Note.
,. YET the said Defendant, although often requested, etc., has not
yet paid the said sum of money, or any part thereof, to the said
Plaintiff, but so to do has hitherto wholly refused, and still does
refuse, to the damage of the said Plaintiff ......of_______________ _
._._.. _ ..... _ ... _ . _ and, therefore, he brings suit, etc.
WILLIAM B. BRIGHT,
Plaintiff's Attomey.
rng,1,,ed by Goog le
8. CERTIFICATE OF PROTEST.
STA.TE OF JLLINOIS, )
CITY OF CHICAGO, 88,
.
1
CouNTY oF CooK. J
Be it known, tbat on this 20th day of July, in the year of our
Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-nine, I, Warren Law
rence, a notary public, duly commissioned and swom, and residing
in the City of Chicago, in Cook County, and State of,Illinois, at the
1
request of Will D. Judd, went with the original Note, which is above
l
attached, to the offlce of Lyman Gardner, and demanded payment
tbereon, which was refused.
Whereupon, I, the said notary, do hereby certify that, on the
same day and year above written, due notice of the foregoing pro ...
test was put in the Postofflce of Chicago, as follows:
J
Notice for Philip L. Davis, 500 West Monroe St., Chicago.
Notice for Warner Good, 1100 Wabash Avenue, Chicago.
Each of the above named places being the reputed place of resi
dence of the persons to whom this notice was directed.
1
In testimony whereof, I haye hereunto set my hand and affixed
,

my offlcial seal the day and year above written.
WARREN LAWRENCE,
Notary Public.
9. SHORT FORM OF LEASE.

This indenture, made this 10th day of April, 1890, between John
Wadhams, party of the first part, and Harry D. Lee, party of the
second part, witnesseth, that the said party of the flrst part, in
J
consideration of the covenants of the said party of the second part
hereinsfter set forth, do, by these presents, lease to the said party of
tbe second part, the following described property, to wit: Rooms
No. 10, 11, 12 and 13, Borden Block, located in Chicago, Illinois.
To have and to hold the same to the said party of the second part,
from tbe 1st day of May, 1890, to the 1st day o! May, 1894. And
tbe said party of the second part, in consideration of the leasing
the premises as above set forth, covcnants and agrees with the
party of the first part, to pay the said party of the first part,
as rent for the same, tbe sum of $200.00 per month, payable
as follows, to wit: on the first day of each month. The said
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
party of the second part farther covena.nts with the sa.id pa.rty
of the first part tha.t, a.t the expiration of the time mentioned in
this lea.se, pea.cea.ble possession of the sa.id premises sha.11 be given
to sa.id pa.rty of the first pa.rt, in a.s good condition a.s they a.re now,
the usual wea.r, inevitable a.ccidents, a.nd loss by flre excepted; a.nd
that upon the non-pa.yment of the whole or a.ny portion of the sa.id
rent a.t the time when the sa.me is a.hove promised to be pe.id, the
sa.id party of the first pa.rt ruay, a.t his selection, either distra.in for
sa.id rent due; or declare this lea.se a.t a.n end, a.nd recover possession
a.s if the sa.me was held by forcible detainer; the sa.id pa.rty of the
second pa.rt hereby wa.iving a.ny notice of such election, or a.ny
dema.nd for the possession of sa.id premises.
The covena.nts herein shall ext.end to a.nd be binding upon the
heirs, executors a.nd a.dministrators of the pa.rties to this lea.se.
Witness the ha.nds a.nd sea.Is of the parties a.foresa.id.
10. LEASE OF A COW FOR A YEARLY RENT.

This indenture, roa.de the 5th da.y of Ma.rch, A. D. 1889, by and
between Alson Butcher, of, etc., on the one pa.rt, a.nd Ca.rlo Dolce, of,
etc., on the other pa.rt, witnesseth, tha.t the sa.id Alson Butcher, for
a.nd in considera.tion of the rent a.nd benefit hereaft.er mentioned a.nd
reserved to be pa.id and performed by the sa.id Ca.rlo Dolce, his, etc.,
ha.th demised a.nd let, a.nd by these presents doth demise a.nd let, to
the sa.id Ca.rlo Dolce his, etc., a. certain bla.ck cow, now of the a.ge of
four yea.rs, for a.nd during the term of three years next ensuing the
da.t.e hereof, for him, the sa.id Ca.rlo Dolce, bis, etc., to use, improve
a.nd receive a.U the beneflt a.nd profit to be derived from the milk
which ma.y be given by the sa.id cow dming tbe said term; a.nd the
f>ll.id Ca.rlo Dolce, for himself, bis, etc., covena.nts and a.grees that he
will yield and pay yea.rly, and every year, on the 5th da.y of Ma.rch,
to the sa.id Alson Butcher, bis heirs, etc., the sum of Twelve
Dollars ($12.00) for and during the whole term he sha.11 keep sa.id
cow. And also, tha.t, at the end of three yea.rs from the date hereof,
he will retum and redeliver sa.id cow to the sa.id Alson Butcher, bis,
etc., in a.s good order or state of :flesb a.s she is now, when to him
delivered. Pro1;idecl neverthel688, that if said cow shall die or be
killed before the expiril.tion of sa.id t.erm of three yea.rs, and come to
end without the negligence or default of the sa.id Cario Dolce, his,
etc., then the sa.id Carlo Dolce, bis, etc., shall not be required to pay
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
tbe v&lue tbereof; but so long as tbe said oow shall live and be in
tbe use and possession ol tbe said Cario Dolce, bis, et.e., he, tbe said
Carlo Dolce, sh&ll pay tbe yearly rent aforesaid.
In witneBB, etc. 1
11. FORM OF SIMPLE BOND, WITH CONDITION.
Know all men by these presents that 1, Albert Bond, of Geneva,
Illinois, am beld and flrmly bound unto Carl Dane, of Elgin, llli
nois, in tbe sum of Eigbt Ilundred Dollars, good and lawful money
of tbe United States, to be paid to tbe said Carl Dane, bis executors,
administrators and assigns, to wbicb payment, well and truly to be
made, I biud myself my beirs, executors ancl administrators, and
every one of tbem, flrmly by these presents.
Sealed with my seal this flrst day of April, A. D. 1889.
The condition of this obligation is such, that, if the above
bounden Albert Bond, his heirs, executors and administrators, or
either of them, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, unto
the said Carl Dane, his executors, aclministrators or assigns, the just
and full sum of Four Hundred Dollars, lawful money aforesaid,
with interest thereon, at the rate of ten per centum per aunum for
the same, on or before the flrst day of November, A. D. 1889, with
out fraud or furtber delay, then this obligation to be void and of
none efl'ect; otherwise to remain in ful! force and virtue.
Signed and sealed in l ALBERT OND.
presence of Ray Woltz. f
12. A BILL OF SALE OF GOODS.

Know all men by these presents, that I, Frank Wells, of Spring
fleld, lllinois, in consicleration of the sum of Five Hundred Dollars,
to me in hand paid by Henry Coles, of Springfield, Illinois, at and
before tbe sealing and delivery of tbese presents, the receipt whereof
I do hereby acknowledge, have granted, bargained, sold and con
flrmed, and by these presents do, grant, bargain, sell and conflrm,
unto the said Henry Coles all the goods, household stufl', and imple
ments of household, and ali the other goods and chattels whatsoever,
mentioned in the schedule hereunto annexed. To have and to hold ali
and singular the said goods, household stufl', and implements of house
hold, and every of theni. by these presents granted, bargained, sold
and conflrmed to the said Henry Coles, his executors, administrators
and assigns forever. And I, the said Frank Wells, for myself, my
Digit,zed by Google
executors and administrators, shall and will warrant, and forever
defend, all and singular, the said goods and household stuff unto the
se.id Henry Coles, bis executors, administrators and assigns, against
me, the said Frank Wells, my executors, administrators and a.ssigns,
and against all and every other person and persons whatsoever, of
which goods, etc., I, the said Frank Wells, ha.ve put the said Henry
Coles in full possession, by delivering him one silver cup, in the na.me
of all the goods and chattels at the sealing and delivery hereof.
In witness, etc.
13. CAPTION TO DEPOSITION.

STATE OF' lLLINOIS,
} SS.
CouNTY OF CooK.
The deposition of Jesse D. Pullman, of the County of Cook and
Sta.te of Illinois, a witness of lawful a.ge, produced, sworn and
exa.mined u pon bis corporal oath, on the 15th day of January, in the
year of our Lord one thousand eight hnndred and ninety, by me,
Charles Ma.rston, Clerk of the Circuit Court of Cook County, in the
Sta.te aforesa.id, at my office in Chicago, in SRid County, in compli
e.nce with the Deilimus hereto atta.ched, to be used in a certain suit
and matter in controversy now pending e.nd nndetermined in the
Circuit Court of Cook County, in the Sta.te of lllinois, on behalf of
the said Chicago Mannfa.ctnring Company.
The said Jesse D. Pulime.n, being first duly sworn by me, as a
witness in the said cause, previous to the commencement of his
exe.mine.tion, to testify the truth in rele.tion to the matters in con
troversy, so far as he should be interrogated, testified and deposed
as follows:
14. FORM OF DEPOSITION.

STATE OF' lLLINOil.'I, IN 0IRCUIT COURT
l SS.
CooK CouNTY. Of the May term, A. D. 1889.
JoaN DoE,
AssuMPSIT.
}
V: Affide.vit for continuance on the part of defendant.
RicaA RoE.
STATE OF' !LLINOIS,
} SS.
CooK CouNTY.
Richard Roe, being duly sworn, says: that he is the defendant
ne.roed in the a.hove entitled cause, and that he cannot, with safety
and justice to himself, proceed to the tria! of the above cause at this
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
term, for the want of testimony, material, competent and proper, in

the said suit. And this deponent further saith, that Evan Frank,
late of Chicago, is a material, competent and proper witness for this
deponent in the said cause, as he is advised and believes to be true,
and that he cannot safely proceed to the trial thereof without
the testimony of him, the said Evan Frank; that he expects to
prove by the testimony of the said Evan Frank, that, etc., etc., and
this deponent further saith, that he has endeavored to find the said
Evan Frank, but that he hath been to the house of the said Evan
Frank and was informed that he was gone to Elgin, in the county of
Kane, and that he, this deponent, hath sent there for the purpose of
subpcenaing him, but that the said Evan Frank is gone from there
as this deponent hath heard and verily believes to be true; and that
he, this deponent, crumot get any information where the said Evan
Frank is, but is informed that he will be at home in Chicago, and that
he, the deponent, hopes and expects to be able to procure the presence
of thc said Evan Frank at the next term. RICHARD ROE.
Subscribed and sworn to bcfore me,
this 12th day of May, A. D. 1889.
HENRY s. AMES, J. p.
15. FORM OF STIPULATION.
UNITED STA.TES IRCUIT OURT,
FOR THE SoUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW You.
ATHERINE L. DoBSON,
t18. } In equity.
EoWIN J. CuBLEY, et al,
It is hereby stipulated and agreed that the testimony in the above
entitled cause shall be taken in writing orally by questions and an
swers and may be taken from any Notary Public or United States
Commissioner authorized to administer oaths at the place where such
testimony is to be taken, with like effect as if the same were taken
before an examiner appointed therein, and othcrwisc as provided in
the 67th Rule in Equity as amended: and that ordinary printed
copies of letters patent and drawings of any letters patent which
either side may be entitled to introduce in evidence, shall have the
same force and effect as would duly certified copies.
Solicitor for Complinant.
New York, July 26, 1886. Of Counsel for De:fe;dants.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
16. PETITION IN REPLEVIN.

IN THE CouNTY CoURT FOR DouGLAS COUNTY,
STATE OF NEBRASIU.
I
THE ITALIAN INSURANCE CoMPANY 1
OF l<,REEPORT, lLLINOIS,
B'1ll of par t'1cu lars,
V8.
AuousT BELMONT.
The above named plain_tiff alleges that it is a corporation orga.n
ized and existing under the laws of the Sta.te o! Illinois, and is doing
business within the State of Nebraska.
Plaintiff further alleges that it is the owner and entitled to the
possession of the following dellCribed property, to wit, two books.com
monly called Policy Regist.ers, flfty blank policies, and printed sta
tionery. And ihat the defendant, August Belmont, wrongfully and
unlawfully detains in his possession the sa.id property and has so
detained it for more than a week last past, to plaintiff's damage $50.
Wherefore, plaintiff prays judgment for the possession of said
property or for the value thereof if the same is not returned, and
for his dama.ges and costs.
17. PROOF OF LOSS,

Of Adam Freeman to the Excelsior lnsurance Company, of Chicago.
STATE OF ILLINOIS, l SS.
CouNTY oF CooK.
Be it known, that on the 16th day of December, .A. D. 1889,
before me, Alex. J. Pullman, legally qualifl.ed, and resitling in the
City of Galesburg, in the County and State aforesa.id, personally
appeared Adam Freeman, of Galesburg, in the County of Knox,
and Sta.te of Illinois, who, being duly sworn, according to law,
declares under oath, that the Excelsior Insurance Company, of the
City of Chicago, through its agency at Chicago, did, on the fll'l't da.y
of August, 1887, issue to .Ada.ro l<'reeman their policy of insurance,
No. 16,790, the written body of which, with its immediate context,
is as below specified, sa.id insurance terminating on the first da.y of
.August, 1891, at twelve o'clock, noon.
No. 16,790, The Excelsior lnsurance Company, of the City of
Chicago, in consideration of Fifty Dollars ($50.00) do insure, which
said policy was, on the first day of .August, 1890, renewed by
.Dig,tized byGoogle
236 BCLECTIC SHOBTHAND.
certificate No. 9,toO, until the fiM day of Augast, A. D. 1892, at

twelve o'clock noon.
That, in addition to the amonnt covered by said policy of said
company, there was other insnrance made thereoo, to the amonnt of
Two Thonsand Dollars ($2,000) as specified in the accompaoying
schedule, showiog ihe name of each compaoy aod the writteo parts
of each policy, besides which there was no other insnrance thereoo.
That on the 16th day of December, A. D. 1890, a fire occurred,
by which the property insnred was destroyed, to the amonnt of Ten
Thonsand Dollars ($10,000), as set forth in the statemeot, and the
several schedules and pars herennto aonexed, which the deponent
declares to be a just, true d faithful acconot of bis loss, so far 88
he has been able to ascertain the same.
That the actual cash value of the property so iosured amounted
to the sum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) at the time immedi
ately preceding the ftre, 88 will appear by the annexed schedule,
showing a full and accurate description of each kind of property,
and the value of the same, with the damage or loss 011 each.
That the building insured or containing the property destroyed
was occupied in its several parts by parties hereinafter named, and
for the following pnrposes, to wit: residence, and for no other pur
poses whatever.
Tbat the flre originated in the basement thereof. Amount of
claim, Four Tbousand Dollars ($4,000); and the said deponent
further declares that the flre did not originate by any act, design or
procurement on his part, or in consequence of any fraud or evil
practice done by or with bis privity or consent to violate tbe condi
tions of insurance, or render void tbe policy aforesaid.
Subscribed and sworn to before me, this l
17th day of December, A. D. 1889. f
18. FORM OF TITLE IN JUSTICE COURT.
STA.TE OF lr,LINOIS,
/ SS.
IN JusTICE CouRT,
COOK COUNTY. Before James C. Gregg, Esq., J.P.
JOHN DoE, AFFIDA.VIT FOR CONTINUA.NCE
va. } In assumpsit. ON PA.RT OF PLA.INTIFF.
RICHARD RoE.
STA.TE OF ILLINOIS,
( SS,
COOK OUNTY.
John Doe, being duly swom says, that he is plaintiff in above
entitled cause, etc,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
THE LEGAL AM:ANUENSIS, 237
19, FORM OF TITLE IN CIRCUIT COURT.
8TATE 011' ILLINOIS, l SS, IN CIRCUIT COURT
COOK CoUNTY, f Of the .April term, .A. D. 1889.
JOH DoE,
VB.
RICHARD RoE, } Security for costs.
JoHN Dox,
JAMES BucK,
20. FORM OF TITLE IN COUNTY COURT.

8TATE 011' ILLINOIS, l SS. IN COUNTY COURT
COOK COUNTY, f Of the May term, .A. D. 1889.
PETER JoHNSON,
ia. } Assumpsit.
CONRAD REED,
21. FORM OF TITLE IN PROBATE.

8TATE o ILLINOIS, l SS, IN CouNTY CouRT.
CooK CoUNTY, f In Probate.
In the matter of the estate l
of John Doe, late of said } .Account of Administrator, etc.
county, deceased. J
22. FORM OF TITLE IN CHANCERY.
STATE OF ILLINOIS, l SS IN THE SUPERIOR COURT,
CooK CouNTY, f In Chancery.
JoHN DoE, complainant,
va. } Affi.davit for preliminary injunction,
RICHARD RoE, defendant,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
CHAPI'ER X.
OOURT REPORTING.
l. Oourt reporting consists in making a full record oi
all that is done in courts of justice. After you have the
required speed and accuracy in writing, have made your
self familiar with the following points, and have sorne
idea of what court reporting is, you will still be liable to
experience a feeling of incompetency when you first enter
the court room for practica} work. This cannot be
avoided, but gradually the strangeness of the situation
will wear off as with attentive eye a.nd ear you strive to
make yourself fa.miliar with the order of business. It will'
be greatly to your advanta.ge if you can practice a.while in
court with sorne experienced stenographer in making the
report of a case, observing ca.refully what part of the pro
ceedings he writes, and what he does not write, that
you may acquire a practica} idea of the general run of
business.
2. Do not think of undertaking to report a case in
court until you can write at a.n adequate rate of speed.
The statutes of most States which have provided for the
appointment of court reporters, require of the candidate
for a.ppointment an average writing speed of 150 words a
minute. By writing a few cases in court for practica, you
will be a.ble to form an idea of the adequacy or inadequacy
of your speed. 288
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
l
COURT REPORTING. 239
3. Be sure to secure a seat and table very near to the
witness stand, that you may have the best possible oppor
tunity to hear all that is said by the witness and interro
gating counsel. If at any time you fail to hear either
question or answer, immediately request its repetition,
that you may lose no part of the testimony.
4. Do not allow yourself to become nervous, nor care
less in writing; but write every word so that you may be
sure what it is when called upon to read it. Write so
that the fact that you have a word, phrase, or sentence
written is, to you, positive proof that it was uttered as
you have written it.
5. If called upon to read any part of your notes, do not
undertake to read aloud until you are sure of the right
place, and then run your eye over it before reading aloud,
to give you confidence in reading. When by practice you
have acquired absoluta confidence in your ability this sug
gestion may be disregarded.
6. Write the caption of the case on the cover of your
book, for easy reference.
7. Keep an index of each case as it progresses on a
separate sheet or a small book kept lying at your hand,
noting in it the page of the beginning of the testimony of
each witness, also the pages of the direct, re-direct, cross
and re-cross examinations, that should any particular
question or answer be called for, you may, by means of the
index, readily locate it in your note book. If your note
book is not paged by the printer you must page it before
the trial begins.
8. Accustom yourself to referring to your notes, pick
ing out a question here and an answer there, to so famil-
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
iarize yourself with doing this that when you are called on
in court to read a certain question or answer, you will be
able to :find and read it at once.
9. Reporting a case in court comprises two things:
I. The taking of complete notes of all that is trans
acted in court, necessary to be recorded.
II. A perfe<:t transcript of the written notes. These
two features we shall treat of in their order.
TAKING THE NOTES OF A TRIAL,
10. Taking notes of a trial consista in writing the en

tire proceediugs, except argumenta of counsel, as follows:
I. The caption of the case, with appearances, etc., as,
for instance :
STA.TE OF ILLINOIS,
} SS.
CooK CoUNTY,
IN THE SUPERIOR CouRT oF CooK CouNTY,
September Term, A. D. 1889.
JONATHAN EDWARDB et al
va. } Assumpsit. ..
ABRAHJ.11[ JoNES et al
Be!ore His Honor, Richard W. Clifford, Judge, anda. Jury.
Appearances: Smith, Da.vis & Wesson, for plaintiff (or com
pla.inant); Johnson, Edwards & Coon, for defendant.
11. It is not usually necessary in civil cases to report
the examination of the jurymen, but occasionally the
reporter will be requested by counsel to do so. In crim -,
inal cases, it is the invariable practice to report the
examination of the jurymen as far as possible. The re
port will consist of the names of the jurors, their cross
examination, together with any objections or changas,
.,
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
------
and the reasons for them, and the decisions of the court
on the same.
12. Every preliminary motion connected witb the case
must be notad, with the rulings of the court on it.
13. The opening statement of the case by counsel, in
putting it before the jury, should be reportad, but need
not be transcribed, uniese ordered by counsel or court.
To write tbe statement of the case, and thus become
acquainted with it, will often prove invaluable to the
stenographer in writing tbe testimony.
14. As soon as a witness is sworn, take bis name, writ
ing first tbe surname, that you may be sure to get it
correctly. Following tbis, every word of tbe testimony,
both of questions and answers, should be exactly written.
15. Ali objections made by tbe counsel, and the
rulings of the court in regard to them, and exceptions
made to the rulings by counsel, must be noted.
16. The first examination of the witneBB by tbe party
who has called him is called the "direct examination."
After the direct examination comes the examination by
the opposite party, which is called the "cross-examina
tion," uniese tbey waive tbe right. After the croBB
examination comes the "re-direct examination;" tbat is,
the re-examination of the plaintiff. This will be fol
lowed by the "re-cross-examinat10n," which is the exam
ination of the same witness by the second party. Each
of the above examinations, as they occur, is noted in the
middle of the page in strong charactera, tbat they may
be distinct and prominent.
17. At the beginning f the examination, the name of
1, the examining counsel must be noted, thus:
Direct Examination by Mr. Smith.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle . 1
18. When the plaintiff closes his testimony it should

be stated: "Plaintiff rests;" and at the close of the
defendant's evidence make the statement: "Defendant e
rests."
19. If a case is closed by the charge of the judge to
the jury, the same should be accurately reportad; but,
instea.d of the charge, the court usually gives the jury
written instructions, in which case it is not necessarily
reported.
20. In writing the questions and answers which com
prise the testimony, let the questions be commenced at
the left side of the page and extended across it, beginning
each new line of a question at the left side of the page.

Each answer should be indented an inch or more, thus
preserving a clear distinction between questions and
answers, whch is a very important aid in referring to
testimony, which the reporter is often obliged to do, as
he is called upon unexpectedly by counsel or the court
to read sorne particular question or answer. It is desi
rable to drop the answer a line below the question.
21. Court reporting is usully done in blank books
prepared for the purpose, having a perpendicular_ line
about an inch from the left side of the -page. This line
is used to make a distinction between questions and
answers; questions being written in full lines, and answers
beginning at the perpendicular line. If the perpen
dicular line is omitted, the same relative positions of
question and answer should be preserved. Sorne court
reportera use very narrow books, to avoid the long sweep
of the band across the page a.t the end of each line.
Others double the book in the middle, to form a crease
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
OOURT REPORTING, 243
down the middle of the page, thus dividing the pages

into halves, each half page being used 118 a separate page.
On narrow pages, the distinction between question and
answer is preserved by indenting, 118 is done in the ordinary
full-width page.
22. In taking the notes, everything must be written
as it occurs, whether it be question or answer, objection,
rnling of the court, or exceptions to the ruling, in order
that a perfect mirror of the proceedings may be given.
The opening and close of each session must be noted,
giving the date, noting whether it _be morning or after
noon session, thus:
Morning session, Jan. 4, 1889.
Afternoon session, Jan, 4, 1889.
Court adjourned to 10 o'clock to..morrow,
Adjourned to 2 o'clock P. H.
Adjourned to 2 P. H., Nov. 30, 1889.
Court convened pursuant to adjournment.
Parties present as before.
Afternoon, Nov. 29, 1889.
MAKING TRANSORIPT.
23. There are two methods of making transcripts:
l. The full form.
11. The narrative form.
24. Most transcripts are made in the full form. In
this forro the questions and answers are given complete,
but in the narrative form questions are omitted in all
cases in which the answer would suggest the question.
However, when the question cannot be clearly inferred
from the answer, it is given.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ECLECTIC SHORTHAND.
25. In either form of the tra.nscript, the title of the

ca.se embra.cing grade of the court, the caption of the ca.se,
a.nd the a.ppeara.nces, a.re written in full at the beginning d
of it. The name of ea.ch witness as he is called, the
name of the a.ttorney who conducta the exa.mination, the
remarks and rulings of the court, the kind of examina
tion; namely, Direct, Cross, etc., and any deviation from
the question and answer, must be clearly transcribed.
26. In the full forro the question and answer is fully
given, each in a separa.te para.gra.ph, each question pre
ceded by the capital Q., and each answer by a capital A.
27. In the narrative forro, all questions that can be
inferred from the answer are omitted, a.nd the answers
continued one after another, only separa.ted by a period.
Questions that CH,nnot be clearly inferred from the answer
a.re given.
28. In the court room, all cases a.re reported in full,
and in criminal cases are fully transcribed, but for reasons
of economy, civil cases are sometimes transcribed in the
narra.tive form. Whether the full or narrative form is
adopted, will be determined by the counsel in the case.
29. Tra.nscripts are made on legal paper, which gener
ally has a ruled margin on each side of the page. 'fhe
writing should be confined within those ruled linea and
written only on ono side of the page. If the paper is not

ruled, a margin should, however, be preserved. The
transcript, when completed, is backed with a sheet of firm
Manilla. paper, which is folded down over the top edge of
the leaves of the transcript and all fastened together by
mea.ns of brasa clasps or tape tied through holea which
a.re punched through tho upper end of the sheets.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COURT REPORTING, 245
30. The first page should be used for an index of the

case. The title of the case should follow on a page alter
the index, a.nd should contain the na.me of the court, title
of the suit, na.me of the judge before whom the case is
tried, a.nd whether it is before a jury, date of the tria!,
na.mes of counsel, with the na.mes of the parties for whom
they appear. A new title page should be made for ea.ch
da.y of the trial.
31. FORM OF INDEX.
C!BCUIT CoURT CooK CoUNTY,
March term, A. D. 1889.
JoHN McCLENNAN,
Before Hon. J. S. Grinnell, March 21,
't'8. }
CHICAGO HANSOM CAB Co. 1889.
COMPLAINANT'S. TEBTIMONY,
W. P. Vineyard, Direct. CroSB. Redirect. Recross,
L. M. Long, 2 5 9 14
Mary J. Spring, 8 6 10 14
W. D. Dows, 3 7
W. P. Vineyard, 4 11
DIIPBNDANT'B TEBTIJlONY.
John B. Ridgeway, 15 22 28
G. M. McMill, 17 22 24
James P. Coonley, 20
EXHIBIT8,
Defendant's exhibit, bill of J. R. Milis & Co.
82. FORM OF TITLE.

SuTE oF ILLINOIS, l ss.
CooK CouNTY. f
IN THE CIBCUIT COURT OP COOK CouxTY,
March term, A. D. 1889.
Joo McCLENNAN,
vs. } Bill of Exceptions.
Cn1cAoo HANsox CAB Co.
George H. Kitteredge, Esq., appearing for plaintiff.
Henry S. Morrow, Esq., appearing for defendant.
Dig,tized byGoogle
..
83. FORM OF INDEX.

STA.TE 01" ILLINOIS, } lnquest on the body of George McGarrity.
CouNTY oF CoOJL
Adara Smith.. . . . ....... . . .. . . . ... . ... 1.
Wallace D. Good......... . .. . . . . . .... . ... .. .. 2.
Ilerman Y. Orlaff... .. .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . 3.
Alex. Tyndall. . . .. .... . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . 4.
Benjamin Harvey .. . .. .. . ..... ... . .. . . 5.
84, FORM OF TITLE.
INQUEST oN THE BoDY ov GJ:OBGE McGA&&ITY,-2 l', 11.
Henry Du Jardn, being duly sworn, was examined by the Cor
oner, and testified as follows:
35. FORMS OF STATEMENTS.
NATHAN EVA.NS,
A witness called on behalf of complainant, being first duly sworn,
testified as follows:
D1&ECT EXAMINATION
by Mr. Clews.
C&oss EXAIIINATION
by Mr. Cratty,
JAMES G. GooDRICH,
.A witness called on behalf of defendant, being flnt duly swom,
testifled as follows:
D1&ECT EXAMINATION
by Mr. Cratty.
C&0ss EXAMINATioN
by Mr. Clews.
REDIRECT EXAIUNATlON
by Mr. Cratty.
REC&OSS EXA)UNATION'
by Mr. Clews.
By the Court :-You may answer the question.
By Mr. Clews:-1 object to the question as incompetent, irrele
vant and immaterial.
ILLUSTRATIVE TRANSCRIPT AND NOTES.
36. The following short case in Chancery was presentad
for this book by M. B. Sherman, Master in the U. S.
Courts, Chicago. It is followed by the same in shorthand:
Digit,zed by Google
1n Ule ClrcuU Court ot the United Statea
lor the llorthern Oiatrict ot 1111no1
In Chancery.
f Joaiah co.. tocll

v. 8111 to lorecloae llortgage.
James Johnaon and Sophronia A. Johnaon.
October 12, 18811.

TeaU11on7 tallen betore E&ra 8, Sllllth, Jlaater in Chanoel"'J ot ..14
Court, pura..ant to en order ot reterence therein.
Preaenta 11r. J&11ea Jlaaon, So1lc1tor tor Compleinant

.Mr. Ceorge Roger, Solicitor tor Oetendenta.
J O H II Ho K l II C
a utneaa oalled on behalt ot co11pleinant, being tlrat dul'J aworn,

teatltied es tollowa:--
OIRECT EXAJIIIIAT 011

by Jlr. llaaon.
Q Please a\ate your n...e, age, realdence and occupation,

A John H. King: 44 yeera; Chlcago; real eatate egent.
o Do you llnow tha par\iea to thl auit, and 1t ao, how len
heve you lalown tnem respectivelyf
A 1 nave known the complainant tor 10 yeera, and the detend-,
&Jita ebout 4 yeara.
Q Looll at the paper now ahown you, and atete what lt 1a.
A Thta la a note tor $10,000, dated January 1, 188ll, made b'J
the dfttendant, J&11ea Johnaon, due three 7eara--
8Y Jlr. Rogera. 1 object to the witneas ateting the aubatanoe
ot the paper; the note is the beat evidence ot ita contenta.
By the llaater. The wltneaa may describe the paper autticienn'J
to identity it: the contenta c8D not be proven b'J paroleo
ll'J Mr. Jlaaon. That la true; l dld not a,11 the wltneaa to give
the contenta ot the wrltten inatrumet. l no otter thia note In
evidence, u complalnant a Exhibit "A" l aleo otter In evldence
a mortgage trom detendant to complalnant ot even date wlth the note,
8Dd glven to aecure the sue, aa oomplainanta Exhiblt e,
Q State, it you lmow, what uount la due to co11plainant on
\hia not..
117 Jlro Rogara. State what 7ou Jmow ot 7our own IIDoledpo
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
'8f Mro IIUono Ol' what JOll haft bNl'd detel!.danta ..,. -t U
uouilt dueo
A Tbere wu due and Wlp&ld oD the tll'llt da7 ot J&nWU'7, 1880,
'U.. prlDolpal ...., 110,000, end oDe 7eara lDtereat ates, 1600
Q 'fhat is 7our affDa ot Jmowled.. to t.he UOWlt duet
A !be deteDdant, Juea JohnaoD, ateted to Juat betore \hla
ault oo-eDoed, that he liad Dever pald the Dote or the lut 7eara
lDterest oD the sue.
Q Stet.e u Dearl7 u :,ou are able wheD thla oonveraatloD tooll
plaoe, end where lt wut
A l wu lD the earl7 part ot January ot thla 7ear, end iD 117
ottloe.
CROSS liAMIBATlOB
bJ Mr, Rogera.
Q Have you anr Jmowledge u to the oonalderatloD ot thla Dotet

A !lo, Slro
-Q 'fere you preseDt wheD the Dote end aortgage were e:uouted,
or did you havo &D'J\hlDg to do wlth that traDSeotioDt
A l not preaeDt, endl liad Dothlng whatever to do wlth uw
.aatter.
Q Do you ae&D to be Wlderatood u aaying that the deteDdaDt
JohDeoD adaltted tbat he owed UW ooaplainant 110,eoo lD Janwu,,.
1881lt
A Mr, JohnsoD told me tbat he hSd not paid thls Dote or '\he
leat yeara iDtereat thereoD,
Q 'fhat other coDveraatlon, 1t any, took plaoe betweeD 7ou end
.Mr. JohnaoD at the time he aade t.hle atateaeDt, as rou ...,, 1D ,our
ottlce in Jeuary lutt
A l cant reaeaber all that wu aald, there waa oonalderable
converaation between ua.
Q Didn't Mr, Johnao ae7 to you 1D tbat ooJlversanon tbat the
on he hSd not paid the note in queation wu be(!&uae he a good
detenaet
A l thlDk he dld aa, soal'thlng ot that lllDdo
Q D1dnt he tell you that he dld not oODalder that he owed the
oomplalnant a siDgle dollar on that notet
A He told me that the note wu glven to ooaplalaant to olo
out so deals on the Board ot Trade.
Q 'fhat la the bualDeH ot t.he ooraplel.nant.t
A Be 1a a oommlsslon man: he is on the Board ot Trad
Q ,11at dota he dMl 1D on t.he Board ot Tradet
:
A i t.hiDk hla traneaotiODa are aoatly oontlDed to wheat., 001'11
11114 porko
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
,.
1
.
OOURT REPORTING. 249
Q Bow, dicln't 11r. Jolmaon .., to you tbat thia nota .... given
tor a pabling tranaaoUonf
A Y, 1 think he aaid the note wu given to oloH out -aoae
deala-ption deai.--on the Board or Trade, that the coaplainant bad
made tor hiao
Q D1cln't he tell you tila\ the traneactiona whioh thia note ,...
given to cloae out were pabling tranaaoUonaf
A Yea, I think he eaid that in aubatance,
Q Then he dicln t adait to you tbat- he aotually owed the oom
plainant 110,eoo, did hef
s, llro ...on. I obJect to thia queat1on: let the witneaa atete
the convereation between hiaaelt and llr Jolmaon,
s, the llaster. State what was aaid at thia I.Dterview between
7ou and llr J obnaon.
A l cant atete the euct converaation.
S, the ...ter. Glve the aubatance ot thia oonveraation u you
n6w recollect 1 t
Q 'lhat reuon did llro Johnaon give tor no pa71ng that notef
A Well, he aaid the note waa s ven tor loaaea I.D deala made
through the 00111plainant on the Board o t Trade.
Q Dicln't llr, Johnaon .., that the note waa gl.ven tor a gaa.
bling debtt
B7 llro ... on. I obJeot to the queatlon; llro Johnaon ' atete
menta ara not oompetent evl.dence in hia own tavor.
s, llr Rogara. Certainly not, but you have tried to' prove bJ
thia witneaa tbat 111', Johnaon adaitted that he owed the ooaplainant
110,eoo on thia note, and l u entitled to the whole oonveraation,
s, the ... ter. Ot oouree the ateteaenta ude to the wi tneH by
Jire Jolmaon will not prove or 1.end to prove that thia note 1a void
bea.uee glven tor a gubling tranaaotion; but ainoe the ooaplainant
aought to ahow bJ the witneaa tbat the detendant, Jaaea Jolmaon, ad
aitted tbat the note and one yeara I.Dtereat due and un.-1d, the
detendanta are entitled to all the oonveraation ao that tha Court aay
determine whether there wae an, ada1Hion ot a bona tide indebtadneaa
to the ooaplainant.
A Yea, 111', Johnaon eaid tbat he had aade a lot ot dNla on tha
Board ot Trade through the complainant, and that he liad inourrad larga
L. loaaea, and tbat the note given in aettleaant ot theae loaaes,
and that the tranaactiona were all gubling u-.uona.
Q D1d 11r. Johnaon aa, that the reaeon he didn't paf the note
and the intereat on it, na becauee theae were gaabling tranaactiona
and thie na a gembling debtt
A Yea, that ,... tha reaeon he pve.
D1git1zed by<;oogle
NOTES OF PRECEDING TRANSCRIPT.
,,, i-:.i IJJ?

=.:.::::;:>- /
y= ,'
...<. -ej.>9:::::
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
k
a
L: --,
____, .
;....._ /e ..,.
( . - 6=,..-
Y)
l "7
f,.L
=y ... z
..., :r
Digit,zed by Google
l1
252 ECLECTIC SH ORTHAND.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dig,tized byGoogle
t0
4C.
I
= (
) . Le. 7=
e
,.<;.:;__ 9--' 2:: --
"'=_y-=c....;;-
_;;> p/ ---., c.: r-
Digitized byGoogle
254 ECLECTIC BHORTHAND.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ILLUSTRATIONS OF TRANSCRIPT.
The following transcript in the full form is also fol
lowed by the same matter transcribed in narrativa form,
that you may form a clear idea of their difference. They
may also be used for dictation, and should be repeatedly
written. Also make transcripts of them on the machine
until you can do it quickly and without embarrass
ment.
W. P. Sission, swom, testified as follows:
Q. Mr. Sission, how long have yon been manager of this company?
.A. I have been a general manager of the Brick Co. since a year
ago last July. I was there April 5, and twice after that before
July l.
Q. Can you give the exact dates of the several times you were
there befo re July first?
.A. I cannot.
Q. To what extent were the piles of faced and paint brick dam
aged?
.A. The bottom of the pile of the faced and paint brick were
tlamaged.
Q. When did you ascertain this?
A. I leamed about it the fifth, when I was buying brick.
Q. Which brick are the 11.nest quality?
A. The faced brick are the 11.nest.
Q. Describe the brick which you call paint brick?
.A, The paint brick are called off color, are a true brick, have
a smooth surface, and are used for side and rear walls.
Q. How did the 11.ood injure these bnck?

A. The muddying of the brick reduced their price. They were
not even salable so long as we had common brick.
Q. State to what extent they were damaged?
A. I kept no account.
Q. How many of these brick, and to whom did you sell?
A. We soll from 20 to 25 thousand paint brick, sorne to Geo.
Amold, sorne to A. P. Anderson, and sorne scattermg. I cannot
say how many paint brick I sold.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
256 ECLJroTIO SBOBTH.AND.
Q. How many faced brick have you on band now?

... 'l'hert1 are 8 or 10 thousand faced brick there yet.
Q. Is it not posaible to clean off these brick?
... You cannot wash them off except with salt and water.
..
Q. When was this suit flrst brought?
... July flrst.
Q. Did you not say that no damages would be claimed for these
brick?
A. I did not know what damages would be asked for those brick.
Q. You did not know it?
.A. Yes, I did know it, in a general way.

Q. Has this suit been under your general directions?
.A. No, I have not bad much to do with it.
Q. Did you not refuse to continue it?
A. Yes.
Q. Why, tben, have you been pushing it?
A. I have done what I . deemed to be my duty as manager, in
pushing it.
Q. Have you not taken any interest in this suit?
A. I bave.
Q. Did you keep a correct account of the brick sold?
.A. I did not. I made no special endeavor to keep a correct
account of the brick sold. I thought nothing of trusting to memory
or books.
Q. Why did you not keep an accurate account?
.A. I did not know they would claim damages for brick.
Q. Did you not cs.il my attention to the damaged brick?
.A. I did.
Q. And have you not sworn that you did not know they would
'
not claim damages?
... I ha ve not.
Q. Who commenced this suit?
.A. Mr. Calkins.
Q. You sold tbese brick, counted them, but kept no account of
the damaged ones?
... Yes, tbat is the exact statement of tbe case.
Q. To wbom did you sell?
.A. I sold sorne to Tom Smith, 12,000 to 15,000, for the West
building.
Q. Wben was that?
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COURT REPORTING 257
.A. That was last May.

Q. In what condition were these brick?
.A. They were muddy.
Q. To what other parties did you sell?
...4. I sold Geo. Arnold 3,000 or 4,000 for Marshall Panon's
house.
Q. For what price did you sell them?
...4. We sold them for $8.00.
Q. How many did you sell Mitchell?
A. I could tell by loking at the books.
Q. Did you not have some yourself?
...4. Yes.
Q. How many of the good paint brick?
A. I bought 3,600 to send to Decatur, and 30,000 to Chicsgo.
Q. What did you do with the rest?
...4. I sold them here and there.
Q. How many were there of them?
A. I cannot say.
J. H. Calkins recalled.
Q. Have you made a draft of these works, Mr. Calkins?
...4. I have.
Defendant's counsel objects: objection overruled: counsel excepts.
Q. Is this map drawn to a scale?
.A. It is not.
Q. Did you yourself make the sketch?
...4. Yes, except three or four poiuters or spears.
Q. Is the drawing mathematically correct?
...4. It is not.
Q. Why did you not draw it to a scale?
,
A. I had no scale.
Defendant objects to each and every question regarding map.
Objection overruled by court, and the defendant excepts.
Q. What is letter A in this sketch?
A. That is the miners' tool house. The L wss not there at the
time of the 11.ood.
..
Q. What are the 11.gures?
.A. The figures 3, 4, and 5 are the kilns.
Q. What isB?
.A. B is a coa) shaft.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
Q. You may explain the other points.

A. C is the store-room; D the bridge 11.t the north end of the
yard; E represents another bridge; F is the oflice; G is the brick
shed. I tried to make it as accurate as I could without measurement.
The dotted lines are supposed to be the ce!D(ltery grounds. It repre
sents the base of the hill where the water would naturally go. lt
shows the dam.
The plaintiff offers the plat in evidence.
C&OSS-EXAHINED.
Q. Did you draw the plat from measurement?
.A. I <lid not.
Q. Where were you wheu you drew it?
.A. I was in the offlce of the Second National Bank wheu I drew
it.
Q. When were yon last on the ground?
.A. I looked over the grcunds last week.
Q. What does X and Y represent here in the plat?

A. They represent a rise in the hill.
Q. What do the arrows mark?
.A. They show the course of the water, according to my idea of it.
Q. Where was there the most water?
.A. At tbe east and south of kiln 4 there was more than nortb of
it.
Q. Where did the water show tbe most force?
A. At kiln 5.
Q When did you decide to abandon kiln 4?
.A. I never heard of kiln 4 being abandonad.
The plat is offered in evidence; cbjected to by connsel for defend
ant. Overruled by tbe court, and exception taken by defendant.
F. E. SIIUTH SWORN.

Q. Mr. Smitb, what is your occupation?
A. I am a builder.
Q. Have you bought brick from tbis company?
A. I bought sorne muddy brick.
Q. Mr. Sission here tells me the brick for the Snap House was

sold to you.
Defendant objects; objection overruled; defeudant excepta
.A. W e were short of brick.
...
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
'
COURT REPORTING, 259
Q. What W88 the market value of this brick?

A. I do not know the market value.
The Court: Let him stat.e the fair market value as compared
with the common brick.
A. We paid the same price for that 88 we did for those that were
not dirty, and had them to W88h aft.erwards. We paid the same 88
for the same kind not dirty.
CROSS EXA1IIIINJ:D.
0
Q. How much did you pay for these brick?
r
A. I paid $7.00.
Q. Why did you get them for this low price?
.A. The brick were dirty, that W88 all. I had a man washing
them ali the time.
Q. How much did it cost you to wash those brick?
.A. It cost from $15.00 to $20.00.
Q. How many were there of them?
.A. Thirty thousand.
Q. Did W88hing entirely remove the stain of mud from them?
.A. No; they did not look 80 nice as the others.
Q. Could they be stained?
A. They could be.
Q. Would it cost 10 cents a brick?
.A. It would not.
Q. Could they not be painted?
.., They could.
Q. Could they not be washed thoroughly clean?
.A. They could not.
Q What kind of brick were they?
A. They were paint brick.
Q. Were they first quality?
A. They were not 80 hard as other paint brick. They were
culled out of the othe1'S.
Q. What discolored them?
.A. I do not know.
NARRATIVE FORM OF PRECEDING. TRANSCRIPT.
W. P. S1ss10N, Sworn.
1. I have been general manager since a year ago 188t July, of
the brick company. I was there April 5, and twice after that
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
....
before July 1. Can't give dates. The bottoms of the piles of

the faced and paint brick were damaged. I leamed about it
2. the fifth, while buying brick. Faced brick are flnest. The
paint brick are called off color, are a true brick, have a smooth
surface. They are used for side and rear walls. The muddying
of the brick reduced their price. They were not even salable as
S. long as we had common brick. I can't give a definite amount.
I kept no account. We sold from 20,000 to 25,000 of paint
brick; sorne to George Arnold, sorne to A. P. Anderson, sorne
scattering. I can't say how rnany faced brick I sold. There ""
4. are 8,000 or 10,000 faced brick there yet. You can't wash thern
off except with salt and water. At the first of July the suit was
5. brought. I didn't know tbat damages would be asked for these ..
brick. Yes, I did know it in a general way. I have not had a
6. good deal to do with this suit. Yes, I refused to continue it. I
have done what I considered rny duty as manager in pushing it.
I have taken an active interest. I don't know as I rnade a special
effort to keep a correct account of the brick sold. I thought
nothing about trusting to rnernory, I didn't know they would
claim darnages for brick. I called your attention to the daniaged
7: brick. I didn't swear that I didn't know they would claim
damages. I sold brick, counted them, but kept no account of
the damaged ones. I sold them to Tom Smith, 12,000 to 15,000
8. for the W est building. That was last May. They were muddy.
I sold George Arnold S,000 to 4,000 for Marshall Parsons' house.
9. We sold them for $8.00. I could tell how many I sold Mitchell
by looking at books. Of the good paint brick I bought some
10. myself, S,600 to Decatur, and 80,000 to Chicago. Bought sorne
in July. I sold the rest here and there. I can't say.
11. J. H. CALKINS, Recalled.
I have a sket.ch of the works.
Objection; overruled; exception.
It is not drawn to a scale. I made it, except three or four
pointers or spears. I made the rest of it. lt is not mathe- '
12. matically correct. I had no scale.
Defendant objects to each and every qu13stion regarding map.
Objection overruled and exception taken.
The letter A is the miners' tool house. That L was not there
at the time of the fiood. The flgures 2, S, 4 and 5 are the kilns.
rng,1,,edbyGoogle
COURT REPORTINO. 261
18. B is the coal shaft, C the storeroom, D the bridge north end of
yard; E represents another bridge, F is the offlce, O is the brick
14. shed. I tried to make it as accurate as I could without measure
ment. The dotted lines are supposed to be the cemetery ground.
It represents the base of the hill where the water would naturally
go. It shows the dam.
CROSS-EXAIIINED.
15. I made no measurement. I was in the offlce of the Second
National Bank when I drew it. I looked over the grounds last
week. At X and Y there WIIS a rise in the hill. The arrows
16. mark the course of the water according to my idea. There was
more water east and south of kiln four than north of it. lt
17. showed more force down at kiln 5. I never heard of kiln 4
going to be abandoned before.
18. Plat offered.
T. E. 8111TH, Swom.
I am a builder. I bought muddy brick from the company.
Q. Mr. Sission here tells me that the brick for the Snap house
were sold to you.
We were short of brick. I do not know the market value.
Court: Let him state their fair marketable value as compared
with common brick.
We paid the same price for them we d.d for those that were not
dirty and had them to wash afterwards. We paid the same as for
the same kind not dirty.
CROSS-EXAIIINED.
1 paid $7.00. The brick were dirty, that is all. I had a man
washing them all the time. It cost from $15.00 to $20.00 to wash
what we had. 'rhere were 80,000. The brick don't look so nice as
the others. They could be sta.ined. It would not cost 10 cents a
brick. I could paint them. You can't wash them thoroughly clean.
They were paint brick, They were culled out of others. I don't
know what discolored them.
l rng,1,,edbyGoogle
ILLUSTRATIONS OF OURVE-LINE RULING.

0u1' Coun.t1'y.
..
...

o I{
Digitized by Google
j
OU.RVE-L
l lfE .RUL
ilfo,
263
I
Digitized
by Google
The Love of Country.
J =!'.:::::==----c--,!X;;:;;--
-1,l,;,l...;:::;::;,.-
-'--
.,.2:::. ,?7........:.--::r---
::::.::--- ---..:...
....... .-t .. '.
FEB 28191, Digitized byGoogle

rng,1,,edbyGoogle
...
-
.
,

Dig,tized byGoogle
.,
--
lll illilllllll lllll llllllllllll
UNIVERSITY OF MIOHIGAN
3 9016 06447 7263
.
/. 't
,.
Digit,zed by Google
THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
GRADUATE LIBRARY
DATE DUE

Taquigrafia - Shorthand Cross Eclectic

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Taquigrafia - Shorthand Cross Eclectic

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned

by Google as part of a project

About Google Book Search

Lindsley's, 96; Pernin's, 93; and the Eclectic, 66 strokes. Adding

WHERE THE GREATEST ACCURACY AND SPEED ARE REQUIRED.

Phonetic and Shorthand Equivalents of

Severa! Vocabularies of Technlcal Terma.

382 Pages. Sent, Postpald, on Recelpt of Prlce, $3.50.

This work is intended to be an authoritative writing

Eclectic Shorthand Dictionary.

Sold bJ booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipl of prlce, $3.

S. O. ORIOGS & CO., Publishe:rs,

WRITING BY PRINCIPLES INSTEAD OF

FOR GENERAL USE AND VERBATIM REPORTING.

WRITING 18 THE CONSERVATOR Ol" TBOUGBT.

BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.

BY S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.

Bv S. C. GRIGGS AND COMPANY.

,,. DERIVATION 01!, THE ALPHABETIC CHARACTERS

, FACILE LINES, RAPID MOVEMENTS, INTERDEPENDENT.

This system of shorthand writing has been before the

t downward, and to the right, and the mental action in

them in some way; by hooks or circles beginning or end

must produce elliptical outlines, all outlines evolved in

direct result of the motion of the hand in the writing

combinations should be represented by characters which

aftcr the manner of other systems, many more lvowels

These five coneonant positions soon grew to represent

.,, Characters, and which are especially valuable because of

'l'he system may be justly characterized as a free-kand

admiration for the strong-hearted young men and women

engraver had to be made twice as large as it was to appear

" Chirographic Diagram, Frontiapiece

Lesson l. Derivation and Classification of the Chara.cters, S-10

Lesson X. Position Alphabet, 41

Lesson XXII. Abbreviation by Sufflxes, 87-93

The Old Oak Tree, 165, 166

HOW TO TEACH SHORTHAND.

you may begin to dictate. At first dietate simple matter,

10. The written exercises should not only be fre

quently rea.d a.nd copiad by the pupil, but should be

HOW TO STUDY SHORTHAND.

given in the illustrations until you have passed through

.. sight. By this means you will fully overcome any diffi

.. apply them correctly in writing, your notes will neces

ATTITUDE WHILE WRITING.

2. PencUs.-Pencils are more generally used than

6. Paper.-The paper you use must be selected with

OHARAOTERS AND THEIR OOMBINATIONS.

9. This law of movement, adopted from longhand, is

accuetomed, s.re much easier; and correct execntion of

/7 (/ o J 5> o' --,

rng,1,,ed byG <? ogle

F - N .__ V _,,.,,.,,. Th .__

6. Write m, n, r, s, f, d, th, and ng, from left to

the hand towards the right. The r is distinguished from

7. Write p, g, r, h, 1, sh, ch, wh, beginning p and

,,,.,... /J I- -- ,, -...... .--__,,, "-'-----.,._

1. Combining the ticks with olher ohar

y'"" J / '-"' .__ , J_,,,-

'- ,------ '-- - (/ O'"/_,r,,,-,,---- '

/1-(o__. v--.,""'\,_./--'- ,9'

l. Combl,nl,ng the ci'rcl,es UJlth other chalr

'?, '7 .._/;..Y "= \..__ '---

'-'-._ --t' ,,1,-,,.... < _),--

c._., e e_ ,._,,,,- (